Serbo-Croatian Basic Course - Volume 1 - Student Text
Serbo-Croatian Basic Course - Volume 1 - Student Text
Serbo-Croatian Basic Course - Volume 1 - Student Text
BASIC COURSE
VOLUME 1
PREFACE
rW~~
Howard E. Sollenberger, Dean
School of Language and Area Studies
Foreign Service Institute
Department of State
iii
INTRODUCTION
The present volume has been four years in the making. During this time it
has been tested and revised. In the meantime theories of language learning have
been proliferated. Were this course to be re-written, it would undoubtedly look
quite different. Nevertheless, the basic outlook would of necessity remain -
familiarization with the structure of the language by constant use. It is felt
that sufficient material has been given in the course that it may be used effect-
ively either as it is or more imaginatively.
The drills are extensive and are intended for use in full. If there is
not class time to do this, the student is to perform all drills outside of
class which are not taken up in class. At the same time it is not felt that
they exhaust either the possibilities for drill or the student's need for it.
They stress the type of exercise in which the response is completely predictable.
The less predictable - 'free' conversation type of drill - is to be encouraged
at later stages of the course. The conversations given at the end of each unit
may be used as a bridge to free, or at least freer, conversation. The question
and answer drills also serve as models of what may be used in less formal give
and take conversation.
The Question and Answer Drill with Prompt is a type which may be used to
drill Basic Sentences and which may lead to freer discussion. In this exercise
the first sentence is the data sentence, which gives the information on which
the student is to base his answer. While the early examples are very simple,
it is clear that once the student has gone through a number of units, the data
sentence - and the answer - may be quite complex. It is not felt necessary to
spell out drills of this sort but the relative complexity of the answer expected
should be controlled. The question may imply l) a yes or no answer, 2) infor-
mation based on the data sentence, 3) a conclusion drawn on the basis of the
data given, 4) an opinion expressed on the basis of the data given.
iv
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Unit l
Dialogue: Greetings l
The Serbo-Croatian Language . . . . . . . . . . . 2
This Course ......................................................... 4
Symbols used in the Basic Sentences ................ 6
Notes: Note 1.1 The Sounds of Serbo-Croatian ............. 6
Note 1.1.1 Survey of Symbols . . . . . . . 7
Note 1.2 Vowels ............................................. 10
Note 1.3 Serbo-Croatian Stres~ and Intonation ....... 13
Unit 2
Dialogue: Places and Directions 36
Note 2.1 Noun: Genders 39
Note 2.2 Verb: fis' 40
Note 2.3 Question words 40
Unit 3
Dialogue: The Hotel . 48
Note 3.1 Adjectives: Nominative Singular .... 53
Unit 4
Dialogue: Friends 73
Cultural note 77
Note 4.1 Pronoun: Personal Pronoun 77
Note 4.2 Adjective: Pronominal AdJectives ................. 78
Note 4.3 Verb: Nega tive -/ne/ ..................... 79
Unit 5
Dialogue: Going Out .89
Note 5.1 Verb: , Present 95
Note 5.2 Adjective-Adverb Relationship:
Ending /-0/ . 97
Unit 6
Dialogue: At the Restaurant 108
Note 6.1 Noun: Accusative Singular
Note 6.1.1 Noun: Accusative Singular Form ....................... 113
Unit 7
Dialogue: Asking for Informa tion .... 129
Note 7.1 Noun/Adjective: Nominative and Accusative Plural . 134
Note 7.2 Adjective: Agreement with Multiple Nouns ........ 135
Note 7.3 Noun: Singular and Plural - Special Cases (/vecej
and jve~r/) ................................... 136
Note 7.4 Verb limatil: Negative Present . 137
Unit 8
Dialogue: Meeting People 152
Supplement - Peoples and Places ........................ 157
Note 8.1 Verb: Present of Ito bel . 158
Note 8.2 Pronoun, Personal: Nominative and Accusative Plural 159
Unit 9
Dialogue: Looking for Someone 171
Note 9.1 Noun: Dative Case
Note 9.1.1 Dative Case Form 176
Note 9.1.2 Use of Dative 177
Note 9.2 Verb: Use of Negative ......................... 178
Unit 10
Dialogue: Where Do You Live? 189
Note 10.1 Adjective: Dative Case ........... 194
Note 10.2 Pronoun: Dative Case 195
Note 10.3 Pronominal Adjectives: Dative Case ...... 197
Note 10.4 Pronoun and Pronominal Adjective: Parallel Use ..... 197
Note 10.5 Question Expressions: Ije lItel, Izar nel . 198
Unit I I
vi
Unit 12
Dialogue: The Family - I ........................................ 254
Note 12.1 Noun: Accusative of Masculine Animate Noun 258
Note 12.2 Pronoun: Accusative and Genitive 259
Note 12.3 Syntax: Case and Word Order 260
Note 12.4 Enclitics: Review ..................................... 260
Unit 13
Dialogue: Going Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Note 13.1 Cardinal Numerals
Note 13.1.1 Cardinal Numerals: Form ......... 280
Note 13.1.2. Cardinal Numerals: Usage ....... 281
Note 13.2 Other Quantity Words ...... 283
Note 13.3 Verb 11matil ................................... 284
Note 13.4 Verb: /hau/, /magu/ .... 284
Unit 14
Dialogue: The Family - II . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Note 14.1 Noun: Special Forms
Note 14.1.1 Noun: 1d~tel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Note 14.1.2 Noun: Ibrat/, /gospadin/ ...... 301
Note 14.1.3 NOUIl: /kI/ 301
Note 14.2 Numerals: Collective Numerals and Numerical Adjectives. 302
Unit 15
Dialogue: City and Environs ..................... .. 316
Days of the Week ........ '" 320
Note 15.1 Noun/Adjective: Instrumental Case ............... 321
Note 15.2 Pronoun: Instrumental Case ................ 322
Note 15.3. Ins trumental Case: Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Note 15.4 Preposition Isl, Isal................................. 324
Unit 16
Dialogue: Traveling By Train ................ 343
Note 16.1 Noun: Vocative ................... 347
Note 16.2 Noun and Adjective: Review . 348
Note 16.3 Pronoun and Pronominal Adjectives; Review 351
vii
Unit 17
Dialogue: In Belgrade ............................................
Note 17.1 Verb: Past
Note 17.1.1 Past: Form 370
Note 17.1.2 Past: Use ........................................... 372
Note 17.1.3 Past: Aspect ... 374
Note 17.2 Verb: Review .... 375
Note 17.3 Verb: Classification 377
Unit 18
Dialogue: A Trip to Skopje 396
Note 18.1 Verb: Past Tense
Note 18.1.1 Verb: Subject Agreement in Past Tense 401
Note 18.1.2 Verb: Word Order in Past Tense . 403
Note 18.2 Verbs: New Verbs 404
Unit 19
Dialogue: Meeting a Friend . 421
Note 19.1 Verb: Future . 427
Note 19.2 :Verb: Review of Aspect 430
Note 19.3 New Verbs 431
Unit 20
Dialogue: Seeing the Sights 444
Note 20.1 Verb: Future J Special Forms 448
Note 20.2 Enclitics: Order of Enclitics - Summary . 449
Note 20.3 Verb /hteti/ 449
Note 20.4 Clause Introducer: /to/ 450
Note 20.5 /Beogradski gradi 450
Note 20.6 New Verbs 451
Unit 21
Dialogue: Weekend .............................................. 464
Note 21.1 Verb Aspect
Note 21.1.1 Perfective and Imperfective Pairs 468
Note 21.1.2 Verb: Perfective and Imperfective /blti/ 476
Note 21.1.3 Aspect Usage ........................................ 476
Note 21.2 Verb: /{mati/ ......................................... 478
Note 21.3 New Verbs ............................................ 478
viii
Unit 22
Dialogue: The Trip to Belgrade ................................... 492
Note 22.1 Verb: Imperative
Note 22.1.1 Verb: Affirmative Imperative 499
Note 22.1.2 Verb: Negative Imperative 500
,
Note 22.1.3 Verb: /nem6j tel . 500
Note 22.2 Verb: Stress Patterns 500
Note 22.3 New Verbs 506
Unit 23
Dialogue: With Some Friends ~ 517
Cul tural Note: 521
Note 23.1 Ithere isl, Ithere was l , Ithere will bel
Verb:
Note 23.1.1 11~1 Ithere is l , Ithere arel, /1majUI, Ithere are' 521
Note 23.1.2 Iblo/, /bIla/, /bIlo/ Ithere wasl ....... 523
Note 23.1.3 /b1el, rthere will bel .......... 523
Note 23.2 Verb: Itrebati/
Note 23.2.1 /trebal, /trebalo/: Impersonal Use .... 524
Note 23.2.2 /trebati/: Personal Use ...... 525
Note 23.3 Noun: /g5st/ . 525
Note 23.4 Verb: Pluperfect ...... 526
Note 23.5 New Verbs 527
Unit 24
Dialogue: The Market Place 542
Note 24.1 Verb: Use of /se/ with verb) Reflexive Verbs
Note 24.1.1 Constructions with /se/ .............. 549
Note 24.1.2 Verb: Reflexive and Non-reflexive Verbs .......... 552
Note 24.2 New Verbs .................. 559
Unit 25
Dialogue: In the Garage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 571
Note 25.1 Past Passive ParticipIe
Note 25.1.1 Past Passive ParticipIe: Form ................... 575
Note 25.1.2 Pas t Passive ParticipIe : Us e ........... . . . . . . . 577
Note 25.2 Phonology: IJ/ changes .................... 578
Note 25.3 New Verbs ................... 579
Serbo-Croatian - English Vocabulary ............................. 595
ix
Classroom Expressions
,
Ponovite " za mnom. Repeat after me.
Pojedlna~no. Individually.
ProdUite. Continue.
/ Nastavite.
Pocnite. Begin.
/ Dosta, hV~la.
Da ~
pre~mo
I na '
str~nu . Let's turn to page
Prevedite. Translate.
UNIT l
how
3'1 #
How are you? KaKO cTe?
23Ll
thanks hvala
3... l 3' 1
l'm well dobro sam ,D;o6po caM
3~1 3:1
you vi BH
2 3..! l 2 3: 1
Excuse me. Izvinite. 11313HHv.Te.
2 3... l 2 3' 1
Pardon me. Oprostite. OrrpocTHTe.
3, l 3,1
Yes. Jest. JecTe.
3, 2 12 I 3'2 2 I
How is Mr. Jovi? Kako je gospodin KaKO jelrocnO~HH
~ 1# 1#
Jovi? Joszh?
3,2 121 21
3'2 1
How is Mrs. Jovi? Kako je gospoa RaKO je rocDo~a
~ 1# 1#
Jovi? JOBHh?
3,2 121 3'2 1 21
How is Miss Jovi? Kako je gospoica KaKO je rocno~Hua
.L 1# _ 1#
Jovi? JOBHh?
3, l 2.L l 3' I 2 - 1
Fine, thanks. Dobro, hvala. JJ.o6po I XS&JI&.
republic of Yugoslavia, being wedged between Albania and Bulgaria, with Greece
on the south. On the north it is bounded by the peoplefs republic of Serbia
and by the autonomous region of Kosovo-Metohija (Kosrnet). The capital of
Macedonia is Skopje. In the rest of Yugoslavia (the republics of Serbia,
Croatia, Bosnia-Hercegovina, Montenegro [Crna Gora], the autonomous province of
Vojvodina and the autonomous region of Kosovo-Metohija) the official language
is Serbo-Croatian. (One may, however, use standard Serbo-Croatian everywhere
in the country.) These three languages are closely related and have a great
deal in common both in vocabulary and construction. In all three of these
official languages there is considerable dialect variation. The whole of
Yugoslavia is part of the larger South Slavic speech area, which includes
Bulgaria. Although official languages change at the frontier, the local
dialects shade off into each other from the Adriatic to the Black Sea. This
area is surrounded by peoples speaking non-Slavic languages (Italian, German,
Hungarian, Rumanian, Turkish, Greek, Albanian).
Eastern Central
This difference is part of a wider pattern which has its reflexes all
over the South Slavic speech area. Compare:
This Course
These lessons are intended to give the beginner a useful oral command of
the language and a reading knowledge somewhat broader than his speaking ability.
It is designed to be used with a native speaker of the language as instructor,
the tapes being supplementary.
In the first few units the student should not under any circumstances
attempt to pronounce the Serbo-Croatian before he has heard it.
On the English side, parentheses and quotation marks are used together
(1 1) when a more literal translation is given in addition to the ordinary
English equivalent. Brackets [ ] are used to indicate words in the English
equivalent which do not have an equivalent in the Serbo-Croatian. Parentheses
indicate words which translate something in the Serbo-Croatian but would not
be used in a normal English equivalent. Note that on the English side we have
what is ordinarily said in English in this situation, not necessarilyaliteral
translation. The use of the parentheses and brackets as explained above should
make the situation clear in each case.
Notes
Although most of the latin letters used in writing Serbo-Croatian are the
same as those we use in English, they represent a very different set of speech
habits. Even letters which seem to represent the same sound may actually be
qUite different. Itl for example, represents an English sound made by touching
the tongue to the ridge back of the upper teeth, but in Serbo-Croatian it
represents a sound made by touching the tongue to the upper front teeth. It is
important to know these differences and make a determined effort to form new
speech habits.
A a A a ! as in father
B b B <5 Ras in book but ~ully voiced
C e II u ~ as in ~
,
e a ch sound made with the tip o~ the tongue
against the upper teeth. Compare ~ in
cheap.
F f ~ o~ ~oot
s s e e like ~ of sing
The ordinary spelling (both latin and cyrillic) does not indicate certain
features, such as the stress, vowel length or pitch. Junctures (see below) are
partly represented by word division and punctuation. To represent the language
more accurately, additional symbols are therefore necessary. Following is a
rearrangement of the latin letters listed above, followed by the other symbols
used in this course:
Vowels: i e a u o r
,
Voiceless Consonants: A. p t k s c c f h
Voiced Consonants: B. b d g z dz d d v
C. r l lj m n nj j
Vowel length:
Cyrillic
a eJ B l" lJ, ~ e z :3 H j K JI .6 II H
a ba va ga da da e za za i ja ka la lja ma na
~ o n p e T II y <tl x n 11 1,1 m
,
nja o pa ra sa ta ca u fa ha ca ea da ~a
Latin
,
a b c e c d d d e f g h i j k l lj m n
,
a be ce ce ce de dze e e fe ge he i Je ke le Ije me ne
nj o p r s t u v z z
nje o pe re se e te u ve ze ze
The above alphabets also illustrate the difference in the order of the
letters between cyrillic and latin. The latin order is that of English, with
added letters in appropriate places. The cyrillic order must be learned.
Note that the quality of these vowels J while there is some variation J is
quite clear whether they are short, long, stressed or unstressed. This is
quite different from English where a clear ~ (as in father) does not usually
occur unstressed. The ~ls of sofa, ~, seaman, ~, afloat are all uhls.
(phonetically [a]). Most unstressed simple vowels in English are this [a].
This means that one must be careful to pronounce unstressed vowels in Serbo-
Croatian as clearly /i/, /e/, /u/, /0/ or /a/, not as English uh [a].
10
In the last example, as well as in the above list, there are examples of
unstressed long vowels. This occurrence of long vowels in unstressed syllables
sometimes confuses the English learner, who either does not hear the length or
thinks that the long vowel ls stressed. The student should listen very carefully
for the length of vowels in Serbo-Croatian, especially in unstressed syllables.
Speech sounds are most easily described in terms of how they are made.
The lips, teeth, tongue, uvula, larynx, etc., all enter into the production
of speech. For our purpose here (as speakers of English learning to speak
Serbo-Croatian) the position of the tongue and the manner in which it is used
are the most important factors.
If the vowels are plot ted with regard to tongue height and relative
position front to back, we have the following pattern:
High i u
Mid e r o
Low a
There is some variation in vowel quality between short and long, and
between those in closed vs. open syllables. This is particularly noticeable
with /i/, /e/ and /u/. /dlm/ 'smoke' has a vowel higher than English ~
but not as high as /dfvan/ 'wonderful'. /mek/ 'soft' has a vowel close to the
~ of bet but /n~mati/ 'not to havel has a higher ~ sound quite unlike any
English sound. /r/ is listed here as a vowel. This is the symbol for a kind
of ~ [a] vowel, interrupted by a few taps of the tip of the tongue. It is,
then, a combination of a vowel sound, [a], and a consonant (the taps or flaps).
Iri also occurs as a plain consonant, before and after the other vowels.
II
English has nine vowels (fewer in some dialects), so has more than Serbo-
Croatian. The student should not be m1sled by the use of the same symbols for
English 'i, eJ aJ u, 01 and for Serbo-Croatian sounds. Serbo-Croatian /i/,
/e/ and /u/ are higher in tongue position. /0/ and /a/ are about the same,
but a plain '0' is rather rare in English. The diphthong 'ow' (as in low)
occurs so much more frequently that we always think of low' when we think of the
English sound 10 1 The confusion between English diphthongs and Serbo-Croatian
vowel quality and length presents the greatest difficulty to the learner. A
Serbo-Croatian /i/ sounds like the English ~ of ~ to an untrained ear. This
is due to the nature of the English diphthongs. Frequent English diphthongs
are:
iy beet uw boot
ey bait ow boat
oy boy
ay bite
aw bout
zeast w woo
y" 7f
i bit w u p!:!t
y" /I
e bet o horse
y~~
a :::::::== c=::::!
hot
w
o ~ght
liyl (beet) begins with the! of bit and ends with the Z of yeast. leyl
(bait) begins with the ~ of ~ and ends with a Z the height of ! in bit, etc.
What we have in English been taught to consider vowels are really diphthongs
(the names of the letters ~ [ey], ~ [iy], ! [ay], ~ [ow], ~ [yuw]). Serbo-
Croatian also has diphthongs, which are written as such: /iJ/, /aJ/, /eJ/, etc.
The Serbo-Croatian simple vowels must not be confused with these or with the
English diphthongs. The simple vowels may be long or short and may have different
kinds and degrees of stress (accent), but they remain more constant in quality
than the English sounds most like them.
12
Any given syllable in English has both stress and pitch. The vowels are
the centers of stress and pitch. As noted at the end of the last paragraph,
there is often close correlation between high pitch and strong stress. This is
not always the case, though. Compare 'John" (calling him) and 'Oh, John"
(said to the naughty boy who has drawn pictures all over the bedroom wall). The
second is on low pitch, the first starts high and goes low. You cannot predict
what stress a word will have from its pitch or vice versa. It is therefore
necessary to have separate SYmbols for both.
There are four distinctive stresses and four pitches in English. The
stresses are all seen in a sentence like:
J-O-hn--c-a-m-e-'~.
13
--~
He went to the market.
The three lines on the left show the levels of pitch. You may have a
fourth, when you hit something extra high. Since there are only four basic
pitch levels, they may be indicated very conveniently by numbers (l for low,
2 mid, 3 high, 4 extra high). An example of 4 is:
-fl
3
2
l
He went to the market.
Here Imarket l is stronger (lauder and going higher on mar-). The pitches
and stresses of these sentences may be shown thus:
came
I 2 " 3,1
Where did he go?
2, 3, l"
He went to the market.
2, 4, l"
He "
went to the market.
2, 3' 2_ 12, 3, l ..
"-'
"
Long Island is a long island.
Note that the 1question l (Where did he go?) has the same pitch pattern
as the statements. A question may have a different pitch pattern but frequently
there is no difference. The word 'question' does not mean either in English or
in Serbo-Croatian that the voice always rises at the end. It refers merely to
the situation of asking for information.
Note also that the sentence with two phrases has the boundary between the
two marked with a single line This is one type of phrase (or clause)
14
boundary. Each phrase has only one loud stress /'/. We find this kind of
pattern in Serbo-Croatian, too, and use the same symbol /1/. We could also
add the symbol /#/ at the end of each of the above sentences, showing that they
all end in the fading out type of sentence final.
3 l #
l. Z d r a v o. Hello.
3 ~l#
2. D v a. Two.
2 3 ~ l #
3. R a z u m e t e l i? Do you understand?
23~ I 2, l # 2. 3~1#
4. Hvala, dobro sam, kako ste vi? Thank you, lim fine. How are you?
2. 3 ,2 3~2 II 2 , 1_ #
v-
5. Zelim hleb, meso i krompir. I want bread, meat and potatoes.
2 3, 2 2 J- I #
6. Koliko su tri i etiri? How much are three and four?
Here are three pitch symbols (/1/, /2/, /3/ - with the possibility of /4/
also, as in English). There are several important differences. One is in the
pattern with several phrases. English goes up to /3/ in each phrase of most
sentences (pattern /231/ or /31/). This is not a 'rule'; it is just an obser-
vation of the most frequent pattern. In Serbo-Croatian a sentence which consists
of only one phrase usually has pitch pattern /231#/, the /3/ occuring together
with the primary stress of the phrase (for example, sentence 3 and the second
part, after #, of 4). If the primary stress begins the phrase, there is no
/2/ (sentences l, 2). There is a very frequent sequence of the phrases, the
first /2321/, the second /21#/ (sentences 4 and 6). Or you may have a series
of phrases, the earlier ones /2321/, the last /21#/ (compare 5). Listen
carefully for the difference between Serbo-Croatian final phrase /21/ and the
English /231/.
The symbol /1/ indicates a phrase which ends continuing the last pitch
given. The symbol /11/ indicates arising intonation - not to the next pitch
but very noticeable. At the end of a sentence (where there is ? or ) the
15
The symbol 1#1 is used to indicate the dying out of the voice~ as opposed
to the sustaining phrase final III or the rising IIII. Since a period normally
shows this, 1#1 is only used where the punetuation is not helpful. For example~
it is used over a comma (~)~ where the pronunciation is really like that of the
end of a sentence or over a question mark (?), where there is no rise in pitch.
(Both of these are illustrated in sentence 4 above.)
The stress system is more complex and is closely related to pitch. There
are three degrees of stress - primary (I ' or '/)~ secondary (III) and weak
(unmarked). Vowels with stresses 1"11 may be short (unmarked) or long (with
I-/)~ and unstressed vowels in words with primary stress may be short or long.
In a word with secondary stresa II/~ only the stresaed ayllable may be long
(indicated by ILI). As in English, each phrase has one primary stress (1'1 or
1'1) and an undetermined number of secondary and weak stresses. Use the Baslc
Sentences for examples of primary and secondary stresses. The two symbols for
primary stress basically indicate either a carryover of the stress into the
following syllable~ indicated by I'/~ or a non-carryover of the stress~ indi-
cated by 1'1. This has no parallel in English. For convenience we will use an
'explanatory spelling' here alongside the one used in the course. This spelling
uses 11 for the primary stress~ doubles the vowels to show length~ and shows
the pitch contour with a line~ as we did above for English.
Pitch 3 l
Stress
z d r a v o z d r
.'L
a v o Ihi,l
Pitch 3 l
~
Stress
d v a d v a a ItwO'
16
short and long. The pitch falls immediately after the stress. When the vowel
is long the pitch falls during the vowel as only the first part of the vowel
(the first of the double vowels in the explanatory spelling) has primary stress.
The accents l' / and /~ / both correspond to only one / o / of the explanatory
spelling.
[G.D. 1.1.4]
Pitch 2 3 l
Stress
'How much are
o o they?'
k o l i k o s u k o l i k o s u
f
Pitch 2 3 l
Stress
II understand. l
o
razumem r a z u me e m
Pitch 2 3 l
L
Stress Ido you under-
stand?'
o 'll
r a z u m e t e l i r a z u me e t e l i
Pitch 2 3 l 2 3 l
L
Stress Ithanks I
or or
o o
h val a h val a h v a a l a h v a a l a
/'1 and ILI are traditionally known as Irising accents t (note pitch
patterns). The stress continues from one syllable into the next and the pitch
(if 131 or 14/) rises slightly in the second syllable (if this is not the last
syllable). This type of stress is quite distinctive. We have nothing like it
in English. While the I~I of Id~nl sounds very much to us like a slightly
drawn out IDonI, the ILI or 1'1 is quite a different matter. It must be
listened to very carefully. Note that in IrazUmeml, the carryover is only on
the first part of the long vowel. 1'1 and ILI correspond to two stresses
I o o I of the explanatory spelling, except in the second pronunciation of
Ihv~la/.
17
23 ~ 2 , l #2 3 o I 2 e o l #
h v a l a d o b r o s am. h v a a l a d o b r o s a m
2 3 ./. l # 2 3 o l #
but h v a l a h v a a 1 a . 'thanks J lim
fine.'
3 ' l # 3 o 1 #
d o b r o d o b r o
Note that when a short rising primary stress ('I (as in Ikolikoi) loses
the stress on the syllable following J it is replaces by 1'1 (/koliko/). The
explanatory spelling shows how two stresses 1 1 are 0
replaced by one 11
for
both /koliko/ and /hv~lal in this situation. Th~s is not true of all speakers.
Some do not drop the second of the two accents I~ol before a period juncture
/#/. They would say /koliko/ J /dobro/ J as well as /hv!la/ (h v a a l a ).
The units mark the words in their most distinctive form (only /koliko/) when
under primary stress J as the difference is automatic.
18
Secondary stress is less loud than primary and does not carry over into
the following syllable. A short secondary stress (/1/) will correspond to
both /'1 and /'/1 a long secondary stress (1.1./) is a long stressed vowel cor-
responding to both I~/ and I~/. Long unstressed vowels l as I!/I occur only in
words with primary stress (1'1 or 1'1).
[G.D. 1.1.5]
3~ 1# 2.1. 3, _1#
ja. but ja vas razumem. II understand
you l
3, _1# 21 3,1_ #
elim. but elim da jedem. II want to
eat'
3,1 # 3~1# 3, _1# 21 1 3, l #
kako. to. zove. but kako se to zove na srpskom. 'how is
that
said in
Serbian?'
Both 1'1 and 1'1 change to III, I~I and I~/ to III. Unstressed length j-I is
lost if not in a word with 1 "/1 as in ~elrml but ~elim/.
As mentioned above, j'l and I~I have been known as 'falling accents' and
1'1 and I~I as 'rising accents l This is phonetically true when they occur
with pitch 131 and carry over into the following syllable (see line drawings
of the pitch above.) When they are on pitch, they indicate a carryover
of stress into the following syllable but not necessarily a rise in pitch:
[G.D. 1.1.6]
~
2 3 ~
h v a l a
I
I 2 ,
d o b r o " l #
s a m
Ithanks, Ilm finel
The terms 'rising l and Ifalling' are used for convenience, but theyare.
not quite accurate.
19
Grammatical Drill
GD 1.2 Vowels
GD 1.2.1 lal
/a/ short Ifalling l stress
,
ali pas
when if but dog
These are shorter than ordinary ~ in English. Keep them clear 'al in
quality and clip them short. Donlt drawl.
These are very much like the a sound in English pond, pod, etc. We can
also symbolize them by such a spelling as /paad/, /baanda/, where the stress is
on the first part of the long vowel.
,
kr~tati snaga hr~na klfma
be moving strength food climate
20
GD 1.2.2 lei
lei short 'falling' stress
mek "
veza bez eto jelo
soft connection without there' food
b~lr "
lep l~vo m~so m~tar
the white beautiful (on the) left meat 'meat'
21
GD 1.2.3 /i/
/11 short Ifalling l stress'
22
GD 1.2.4 jul
lul short Ifalling' stress
dU glUp krUg mU
along stupid circle husband tooth
kitchen
23
kr~nuti uZ!lud
move in vain
/'0./after /'/
,
sapun pro,utm rai1n oril~je ugil~en
soap I continue bill weapon suffocated
GD 1.2.5 101
/0/ short 'falling! stress
godina boca dok jo~
who year bottle while still
24
GD 1.2.6 Ir/
Iri short 'ralling' stress
25
podrka
' ,
povrce Uskrs zagrliti prevrtati
support vegetable Easter embrace turn over
Umrla preti'pan
she dies crowded
26
The inportance of the differences in stress and vowel length are best
shown by words which differ only in these respects. While such minimal pairs
are not common, a number of them are given here to help the student hear the
differences. Some examples which are otherwise different but which illustrate
the contrast in stress and/or length are also included.
I~I ILI
,
r~van plane ravan even, flat
,
r~dio radio radio worked
,
p~tI fifth peti se to climb
/'1 /'1
greens zelen green
27
/'/ /~/
,
ravan amble rAvan even, flat
slagati to lie sligati to arrange
, ,
selo village s~lo rural get together
,
svetlo light svetlo light (adv. )
/'/
,
pravo straight ahead pr~vo right (no\ID)
28
Multiple Contrasts
,
ravan amble ra.van plane r~van even, flat
,
gore forests gore worse gore they burn
,
gore up
,
krvav bloody krvnIk murderer kf.v blood
29
, ,
pneumati~an reumatizam aerodrom jedanaest
pneumatic rheumatism airport eleven
,
taoci kotao ~rao saobraaj saop~titi
hostages kettle eagle traffic to announee
,
"
veseo "
zreo pepeo meteorolok! "
smeo
gay ripe ash meteorolo- daring
gica+
A. P t k s c ~ f h
B. b d g z z dz dz v
C. r l lj m n nj j
The division into groups A, B and C is based partly on the sound and
partly on where the consonants may occur. All of Group A are voiceless (made
without vibration of the vocal cords). Those in Group B are volced (pronounced
with simultaneous vibration of the vocal cords) and each one corresponds to a
similar voiceless consonant in A (/bl to Ipl, Idi to Itl, etc.). Those in
Group Care voiced but do not palr with voiceless ones.
lb
d g z dz vl in Serbo-Croatian are all voiced, as noted above. At
the beginning of a word comparable English sounds such as ~ ~ ~ ~ 1 y (bed,
dead, gag, zeal, jump, veal) begin like E i ~ ~ ~ ! and then begin voicing.
The Serbo-Croatian sounds, on the other hand, are voiced from the beginning.
30
English b Serbo-Croatian b
is pronounced pb is pronounced bb
This difference is particularly hard for the speaker of English to hear.
GD 1.3.1
,
p~ polazI popraviti par pIvo
half leaves to fix pair beer
lt dl GD 1.3.2
Serbo-Croatian Itl and Idi are made by pressure of the tongue against
the teeth, not the ridge back of the teeth, as in English. As noted above,
Serbo-Croatian Itl does not have the strong puff of breath the English! has
in certain positions (e.g. in top). Nor does Serbo-Croatian Itl have the great
number of variants English! has. Listen to your own! in: top, stop, E.2!,
bottle, button, butter. Each of these is phonetically different. The! of
butter or button would sound very strange in Serbo-Croatian and might not be
understood.
,
dobar rad davno delo glad
good work long time ago work hunger
Icl GD 1.3.3
Icl is like! plus s said as a unit. It is also more dental than English
t. (The vocal counterpart Idzl is like ~ plus ~ said as a unit.)
... , ,
ceo cena cf-kva crnac
whole price red spot church negro'
cf-n
black
31
/ l GD l. 3 4
Serbo-Croatian I / are made on the teeth, as It/ and /d/. Try making
/t/ plus /j/ (1), then a soft ~ type of sound in the same position. l/ and
// have relatively high pitch.
,, ,, ,,
curB:n vec Ud Ui cumur
turkey already disposition to go in charcoal
/ d/ GD l. 3.5
ll and Idl are made with tongue pressure against the ridge back of the
teeth. They are lower pitched than English ch and~ and quite different from
l/ and //. Some Yugoslavs use sounds like English ~ and ~ and have no dis-
tinction between Ii and // or l/ and /d/.
/ l GD l. 3 . 6
Ir/ GD 1.3.7
)2
Ihl GD 1.3.8
Serbo-Croatian Ihl is not English h English h is a breathing out of air,
the position of the tongue depending on the following vowel. the h in he is i
height; the h in hoe is ~ height, etc.
lk gl GD l. 3 . 9
Serbo-Croatian Iki does not have the strong puff of breath often found
after English ~.
lk gl stop the flow of air completely. Ihl restricts the flow but does not
stop it. The tongue is relaxed for Ihl but tense for lk gl.
33
/1/ GD 1.3.10
Serbo-Croatian has two /1/ sounds, a lower pitched one, /1/, much like
English, and a higher pitched one, /lj/.
/lj/ GD 1.3.11
The /lj/ sound is not /1/ plus /j/ (y). It is an l sound made with the
tongue in a similar position to that in saying /j/ (English Z).
ljUbav ljut kelj ugalj d~ljati
love angry kale coal to harrow
/n/ GD 1.3.12
Serbo-Croatian /n/ is made by pressure of the tongue against the teeth,
not the ridge back of them.
, ,
novine n5z san nos~c pun
newspaper knife dream porter full
, ,
nada nevreme nevolja nem1n5vno nem~a:nje
hope bad weather trouble unavoidably non-inter-
ference
Injl GD 1.3.13
Serbo-Croatian also has two Ini sounds, one made with the tongue in Ijl
position: Inj/. This, like Ilji, has higher pitch than Ini. It is not the ~
plus Z of English canyon.
njegov njiva s~njati pa.nj kl~nje
his field to dream stump slaughtering
34
/s/ GD 1.3.14
,
s~t sav setva gl~s praksa
olclock all sowing voice practice
/z/ GD 1.3.15
, ,
zv~zda zvezdara zvono zlo zarez
star observatory bell evil notch
/f/ GD 1.3.16
/v/ GD 1.3.17
/j/ GD 1.3.18
jabuka sj~j
strong hero apple gleam
35
UNIT 2
BASIC SENTENCES
3 2 12 L 1# 3 .. 2 12 1#
Where is the embassy? Gdje je ambasada? r,zr.e je 8K6aca,zr.a?
,
right desno .n:ecHO
2 3L 2 12 .. l 2 3: 2 12 '1
The embassy is on the right. Ambasada je na desno.AM6aca,zr.a je Ha ,zr.eCHO.
(question word) li
, -
from here odavde o,zr.tlB,ll,e
3, 2 L I 3' 2 J 12 I
Is the embassy far from here? Da li je ambasada ~a ~H je aM6aca,zr.a ,zr.aJIeKO
2 , _l # , -1 #
daleko odavde? o,zr.as,zr.e?
3"112'1
Yes" it is. ~a, jecTe.
36
"
hotel hotel XOTeJI
3, 2 12 3' 2 12:'1 #
Is the hotel on the left? Da li je hotel na Il.a JIll je XOTeJI Ha JIeso?
,l #
lijevo?
:l-
he, it on OH
,
near, nearby "
blIzu 6JIH3y
3, 2 I 3' 2 12 =. 1#
Is the station near [here]? Da li je kolodvor Il.a JIH je CTaHlIU& 6JIH3Y?
2..!. 1#
blizu?
no, not ne He
/
it is not, it isn1t nije Haje
37
restaurant restoran
, -
3~ 2 12 '_l 3~ 2 '2 '-1
Thatfs the restaurant. To Je restoran. To je pecTopaB.
go idite HllHTe
A
,
theater
-
kazali~te (Cr) noaopHDITe
3 ' 2 12, 1_ #
Gdje Je kazalite?
3 ' 2 '2: 1 #
Where is the theater? r,u.e je nOaOpHmTe?
A
,
village selo naJlo
21 3, 12 ZI 3' 12
Is the village far from here? Da li je selo daleko ~a ~ je ce~o ,tI;a~eKO
, _l # , -1 #
odavde? o.u,aB,tI;e?
38
3, 12. , l
3' 12' 1
It1s not far. Ono nije daleko. OHO JiHje ~aJ1~RO.
NOTES
To je restoran.
kolodvor
These nouns are all in the nom1native singular case. Most masculine nouns (in
this case) end in a consonant" most feminine nouns end in l-al, most neuters in
I-oi or l-el. There is a separate declension of feminines to which /n5/
belongs. (Details of declensions and other variants will be given later.)
Note that Itoj 'that' as pointing out the item, not modifying it, is
always the same (neuter singular). In I~ is arestaurant l " 'that is a hoteli,
39
To je restoran.
Da , j es t ( e ) .
There are three forms of the verb Ito bel here: normal, unstressed /je/
lis' (after another word in the clause), the independent stressed form /jeste/
or /jest/ lit is, he is, she is', and the negative /nlje/ lisnIti. Some speakers
also use a stressed ljef before /li/ at the beginning of a sentence or clause
/Je li stanica blizu./ (= /Da li je stanica blizu/; see Note 2.3).
Kako ste.
Gde je ambasada.
The words /kako/ and /gde/ (/gdje/) are question words which usually occur
at the beginning of the sentence or clause. They normally have primary stress.
The question phrase /da li/ comes at the beginning of the sentence or
clause. The unstressed ljef follows immediately. /li/ is a question particle
which is always unstressed and is added to a stressed word or particle.
Note that the normal stress and pitch of sentences with question words is
the same as for statements. Serbo-Croatian may also use arising intonation
pattern, as English may, but this is less frequent.
Answers to yes or no questions are normally brief. Both short and long
answers are given in the drills.
As indicated in Note 2.2 above, /je li/ tis?! may be used instead of
Ida li jele This usage - the verb first followed by /li/ is less common than
it used to be. (Exarnples of /da li je/ alternating with /je li/ are found in
GD 3.3.2.)
v v
GRAMMATICAL DRILL - GRAMATICKO VEZBANJE
The drills are given in the eastern dialect but central words are often
added. The instructor who wishes may use central vocabulary and structure
throughout. Some examples of conversion are given after I in the drills below.
To je na lijevo.
/To je kazalite.
Idite odavde.
/kazalite
/kazalite /kazalite
43
44
Da li je ambasada daleko odavde? Ne, ambasada nije daleko odavde. Ona je blizu.
l) The instructor is to say both the statement on the left and the corres-
ponding question on the right and the students are to repeat.
2) After the repetition drill is finished, the questions are to be covered.
The first student is to make a question on the basis of the first statement.
The second student is to give an appropriate answer and to make a question on
the basis of the second statement. The next student gives the answer and makes
a new question, etc.
45
Stanica
/kolodvor
I Ambasada
e A B
I Restoran I Pozori~te
/kazali~te
Assuming first that one is at position A, the students are to ask each
other questions such as /Gde je hotel?/, /Da li je hotel na levo?/, etc. The
student addressed is to reply appropriately in terms of the diagram.
levo A desno
daleko tamo
tamo
blizu
A
ovde
the adverbs within the circle referring to any space within the circle. As in-
dicated, /tamo/ need not be /daleko/ but points out '(over) there'.
Idite na lijevo.
46
A. JJ.a .IH je aK6aca,tta ,ttaJIeKO O,ttaB,tte? B. Ila, jecTe. AK6aca,tta je TaMO, Ha JIeBO.
H,ttHTe Ba JIeBO.
A. 1J.a JIH je XOTeJl 6J1HGY? B. JecTe. To je XOTeJI.
2.5.2
Idite na desno.
47
UNIT 3
BASIC SENTENCES
A
,
what kind, what [is
it] like
your ..
va, vaa, vae sam, sama, Bame
my, mine
moj, moja, moje Ilaj, Koja, Jl~je
,
good dobar, dobra, ,ZJ;o6ap, ,ZJ;o6pa, ,ZJ;o6po
dobro
..
but ali aJIH
skupo
21 3, II 2J 3'1
To je nov hotel. To je HaS XOTe~.
ThatIs a new hotel.
48
.!. .!.
Tom Toma / Tomo Tova / TOMO
.!. .!.
TomJs Tomin, Tomina, TOVRH, TOMHHa, TOYHRO
.!. .!.
Tomino / Tomov / TOMoBO
2 3, 2 12.!. l 2 3'
A K~KBa
2
je
'2: 1 #
And how is TomJs room? A kakva je Tomina TOMHHa c06a1
#
soba?
veliko
1#
lijepa?
B
njegovo
49
2 1 3, 2 I 3'2 12'1
His wife is pleased. Njegova 'ena je He~oBa *eHa je 3aAOBO~Ha.
2,1
zadovoljna.
Lo .L
Zorafs Zorin, Zorina, 30pHH, 30pHH8, 30pHHO
Zorino
Jovan's JovanQv/Jovanova,
21 3~ 12 21 3: 12 1
How is Zorals and Jovan1s Kakav je Zorin i KaKaB je 30pHH H JOBaHOB
hotel?
,l # '1 #
Jovanov hotel? XOTeJI?
njihovo lHIXOBO
small, little
~
-
mali, mala, malo
~
- ~
- MaJIH, V8JIa, M8JIO
2 3 ,2 12 1 2 3'1
,
Their hotel isn1t bad, too. I njihov hotel nije li' JlrHXOB XOTeJI HHje p~aB.
It l s small, but clean.
,l 3~2_ I 3:2- '2' '1
lo. Mali j e, MaJIH je aJIH 1IHCT.
21 ,l
ali cist.
, ,
- ,
-
comf'ortable udoban, udobna, yp,06aR, yp,06Ha, yp,06xo
udobno
2 1
2' 3 1
~heir room is also com- Njihova soba je HHxoBa co6a je TaKo~e
f'ortable and clean.
3~ 12 1 2' , 1
takoer udobna i y,l(06Ha H 1IHCTa.
l
cista.
2 3,2 12 2 3'2 12
And how is Mr. Smith? A kako je g. (gos- A KaKO je r. (roCnO,l(HH)
, JI '1 #
podin) Smit? CMHT?
21 3, # 21 3"'1 #
Is he pleased? Da li je zadovoljan? lJ.a JIH je 3ap,oBo.JJaH?
'o
jef'tino
stari, -a, -o
- CTapH, CTapa, CTapo
2 1 3,2
2 3'2
Smithis hotel isn't cheap, Smitov hotel nije CMHTOB XOTe~ HHje je~TKH,
though it1s old.
21 21 :1 -
jeftin, iako je HaRo je CTapH.
l
star
21 3 ~213' l 2 I J 3' 1
But, thatis not whatts the Ali stvar nije u tome. A~H, CTsap sMje Y TOMe.
matter.
A
2 3' l 1. # 2 3' 1 J #
What is the matter? U emu je stvar? y lI~MY je CTsap?
L
bath, bathroom, kupaona KynaTH~o
bathhouse /kupaonica
L
rather, fairly prilicno npH~lIHO
2 1 3L 2 I 21 J 3 :. I
His bathroom is rather Njegova kupaona je Heposo lCynaTH~o je npH~HlISO
dirty.
2 L l 2'1
prilino prljava. Dp.LaBO.
, -
for that, therefore zato 3aTO
dissatisfied nezadovoljan,
nezadovoljna, -o He3Et,D,OBO.llHa, -o
52
3, _2 I 21 ), -2 I 2' 3'2
Otherwise, his room is Inace, soba mu je Maaqe, c06a My je BP~O
very comfortable, and
large. .L 3' _ 2 12 '2 "1
jako udobna i y~o6Ha H Be~HKa.
,l
velika.
NOTES
Kakav je va hotel.
To je nov hotel.
Da li je zadovoljan?
53
These illustrate the feminine singular (nom1native case only). The ending is
I-a/ (I-al when the adjective is definite and has primary stress).
This example illustrates the neuter singular ending /-0/ (or /-~/j see
above under l-al). After some consonants (such as /j ~ ~/) the ending is l-el
(/moje/ Imy' /va~e/ 'your S ).
-!
54
Some, but not all, adjectives have two different forms, called indefinite
and definite. The indefinite form has no ending in the masculine and generally
has 'rising 1 I 'I stress where possible. The definite has I-II as the
masculine singular ending, long vowel endings and falling I 'I stress throughout.
Compare: indefinite l~p l~pa l~po I lijep lijepa lijepo
Since long vowels which are not themselves stressed are replaced by short
vowels when the word has secondary stress~ there is no contrast between definite
and indefinlte under secondary stress except in the mascullne singular:
indefinite
I
l~pi definite
The difference in usage between /star/ and /str!/ is, however, more complex.
/star/ is used for people; Istr!1 may be used either of people or of things.
Whether /star/ or /st~rr/ is used of a given noun must be learned: /star ovek/
55
I ,
lan old manI Istarr gospodini lan old gentleman, the old gentleman'.
GRAMMATICAL DRILLS
eist prljav
56
cista prljava
cisto prljavo
To je Tomin hotel.
(To nije Tomin hotel.)
Tomina soba je mala, ali cista i Tomina soba nije mala. Ona je
udobna. velika, ali neudobna.
Tomin hotel je dobar, iako je jeftin. Tomin hotel nije dobar, iako je skup.
Tomina soba je prilino udobna, iako Tomina soba nije udobna, iako je
je mala. prilino velika.
57
Toma gospodin
The following drill gives two substitutions for the same sentence. On
initial drilling these substitutions are to be made one at a time. Below the
drilloutline the complete substitutions which may be made are given. This will
illustrate the order in which substitutions may be made in future drills.
Two other drills are added. These are to be drilled in the same way.
3.1.2 Multiple
l 2
Tomin hotel je veliki. Zorin mali neudoban
l 2 Jovanov lep /lijep
rav /lo
Tomin hotel nije veliki. njegov dobar ~ist
l 2 njihov jeftin prljav
Ivanov skup
Tomov udoban
58
rav Tomin hotel je rav. /lo Tomin hotel nije rav. /lo
rav Zorin hotel je rav. /lo Zorin hotel nije rav. /lo
rav Jovanov hotel je rav. /lo Jovanov hotel nije rav. /lo
59
60
l 2
Tomina soba je velika. Zorina mala udobna
l 2 Iloa neudobna
Jovanova rava
l 2
Tomino selo je veliko. Zorino malo
l 2 Jovanov o lepo /lijepo
njegovo cisto
Tomino selo nije veliko. prljavo
l 2
To je Tomin hotel.
l l 2
To nije moj hotel. restoran Jovanov
soba njegov
kupatilo /kupaona Smitov
zena
2
selo
To je Tomin hotel.
mesto /mjesto
stvar
61
62
Va~e pozori~te je lepo i cisto. /lijepo (Vae pozori~te nije lepo i cisto.)
Tomin hotel je lep i cist. /lijep . (Tomin hotel nije lep i cist.)
kupaonica /kupaona
The normal reply to a question is the short answer. For purposes of drill
long answers are also included. These would be used under certain circumstances.
In addition, the negative answers may be expanded by adding the correct informa-
tion after stating the negative.
One pattern for the following question and answer drill is as follows:
63
l 2
Kakav je Tomin hotel? ~je.
For each of the sentences with /hotel/ and /restoran/ substitute the
following for /dobar/. The substitutions for /rav/ are given in parentheses.
The third column gives a list of combinations of two adjectives which may be
substituted for /rav/. The pattern for such a substitution is:
The first adjective is followed by ljef, and the second follows, connected by
/i/.
The following patterns are to be followed for the feminine and neuter
nouns, with the substitutions indicated.
64
l 2
Kakva je Tomina soba? Dobra je.
Kakva je Tomina soba? Nije dobra.
Kakva je Tomina soba? Njegova soba je dobra.
Kakva je Tomina soba? Njegova soba nije dobra. Rava je.
/Loe je.
l 2
Zorina :t Jovanova soba. mala (velika) velika i lepa /lijepa(mala i skupa)
vaa soba velika (mala) udobna i jeftina (neudobna i skup
jeftina (skupa) rava i neudobna (dobra i udobna)
udobna (neudobna) dobra i jeftina (rava i skupa)
cista (prljava) prljava i neudobna (cist i udobna)
l 2
Kakvo je Tomino kupatilo? Dobro je.
Kakvo je Tomino kupatilo? Nije dobro.
Kakvo je Tomino kupatilo? Njegovo kupatilo je dobro.
Kakvo je Tomino kupatilo? Njegovo kupatilo nije dobro. Ravoje.
/Loe je.
l 2
pozorite malo (veliko) veliko i lepo (malo i prljavo)
selo veliko (malo)
cista (prljavo) cista i lepo (prljavo i staro)
65
66
Drill questions
Da li je Jovanova soba skupa? jeftina, dobra
l 2
Da li je Jovanov hotel veliki? Da, jeste.
GD 3.4
GD 3.4.1
67
GD 3.4.2
Moj hotel je cist. Da li je va hotel cist?
Njegova soba je udobna i cista. Da li je Tomina soba udobna i cista.
Njihovo pozorite je vrlo dobro. Da li je njihovo pozorite dobro?
/kazalite /kazalite
I Tomin hotel je rav i skup. Da li je i Tomin hotel rav i skup?
Smitov hotel je takoe stari, ali Da li je Smitov hotel takoe stari,
udoban. /takoer ali udoban? /takoer
Da li je to va hotel? Jest.
a~H cKyn.
68
GD 3.5.2
Da li je to Tomin hotel? Ne, to je Smitov hotel.
GD 3.5.3
Kakva je vaa kupaona? Moja kupaona je prilino dobra.
/kupaonica
A kakva je vaa kupaona?
Soba nije loa. Prilino je velika Moja soba je takoer dobra. Ja sam
i udobna. zadovoljan.
A kakva je vaa soba?
69
Ka~o R n~Bo.
GD 3.5.4
Da li je ovo vae selo? Jako je To nije moje selo. To je Tomino selo.
lijepo i veliko.
Da li je vae selo veliko i lijepo? Moje selo nije veliko, ali je lijepo.
70
GD 3.6.2
Va restoran je ali
------------- J
Va restoran je iako je
------------ J
------------
/NjihovO kazalite
71
Fill the above blanks with appropriate adjectives from the list given.
72
UNIT 4
what to
~ I.l.. 3 ,2 I 2 J J - 3 '2
Whatls your friend Mr. Smith Sto radi va prijatelj, illTa paAH Bam npHjaTe~,
doing?
2 ,1# 2 ' 3 '1#
g. (gospodin) Smit? ~. (~oCnO,lJ;HH) CMHT?
1. J
you speak vi govorite SH ~osopHTe
21. I 3, 2J I 3' 1
You speak Serbo-Croatian Vi govorite dobro I BH rOBopUTe ,lJ;opo
well.
2 ' _l 2 ' - 1 -
srpskohrvatski. cpnCKOXpSQTCKH.
73
SO tako TaKO
l ja ja
we mi KH
,
we1re studying
-
uimo
, -
YlllUIO / YllHJlO
21 ~ 2'.l 3' 2 I
Does your wife know Serbo- Da li zna vaa supruga ~a ~
aHa Bama cynpyra
Croatian?
3, _ l # 2 ' - /I
srpskohrvatski? epncKoxpB8TCKH?
3,21 2, l _ 3'212' 1 -
No, she doesnIt. Ne, ne zna. He, He aHa.
, -
she understands ona razumije OHa p8ayMe
74
...
HeKB, -a, -o
-
some neki, -a, -o
L #
strani jezik?
3,212 , I_ 3'212 1-
No, we donlt. Ne, ne govorimo. He, He rOBopHIlO.
~ ~
75
L .I. ,
njena majka francu - ~paH~CKH.
l
ski.
,
spouse (husband) suprug cynpyr
(formal)
hus band mUz
2- 2' ), 2 I
Does your husband speak Da li gospoo va ~a ~ Bam cynpyr rOBopH
English, madam?
4' -1 -I' #
suprug govori eHr~ecKH, rocno~o?
3' -1-#
engleski?
nijedno
lijeno
76
2L 3,2 I 2 , _l 2J 3: 1 1
ReIs [too] lazy to study. On je lijen, da uci. OH je JI8H., Aa Y1IH.
for za aa
2 3~2 12 2J ), 2 I 2
To je SpJIO Ao6po aa Ham
ThatIs very good for our To je jako dobro za
Serbo-Croatian.
l ,
- 1
na srpskohrvatski. cpnCKOXpBQTCKH.
CULTURAL NOTE
~v
,
muz man, hus band suprug hus band gospodin gentleman, Mr.
,
v'
zena woman, wife supruga wife gospoa lady, Mrs.
The usage of these terms does not coineide with standard English use of
the words given as translation. Ordinary, informal reference to onels husband
or wife uses /mUz/ or /ena/ (compare colloquial English Imy mani, Imy woman',
Ithe old mani, Ithe little woman l , etc.).
More polite us age is /suprug/,
/supruga/. It is not polite to refer to one l s husband or wife as /gospodin/ or
/gospoa/ and these titles should never be used in this way. In this respect
their usage is more restricted than English IMr., Mrs.l.
NOTES
I ja sada uim.
On je lenjo
Mi uCimo zajedno.
Vi govorite dobro.
77
These are examples of personal pronouns: Ijal 'II, ImII 'we l , etc. In
the third person there are three different pronouns for the three genders:
Ibnl and lonal are most commonly used with reference to people. Itbl is more
frequent aS a neuter referent than IonoI. The plurals are:
As indicated, the common word for 'they' is lni/. The others are not in
frequent use but may occur.
Iv!1is the general word for 'you'. It is used when addressing more than
one person and when speaking to one person under ordinary circumstances. There
is another, familiar, word for 'you': It!/. This is used among intimates, in
rural districts for 'you (singular)' and when addressing the Deity. It should
be avoided in speaking to people unless one is so addressed (as may happen, for
instance, in a rural area).
Kakav je va hotel?
Njegova ~ena je zadovoljna.
Njihov hotel nije rav.
Among the adjectlves discussed in Note 3.1 were many of those illustrated
above. Certain of these are formed on pronoun bases and correspond to these
pronouns. The relationship of the pronoun to the adjective is not clear from
the nominatlve forms which have been used up to this point, but this aspect will
78
Pronoun Adjective
Ne, ne govorim.
79
These will be discussed when the forms of these verbs are given in the notes
(Notes 7.4, 8.1, 19.1).
These sentences are literally Ishe does not understand not a bitI and 'he
does not speak not one foreign language'. When the verb is negative, certain
other words are regularly negative. The adverb lmalol and the adjective Ijedani
are given negative prefixes when associated with a negative verb. This is the
same type of construction as English the dontt know nothing', but while the
English is substandard, the Serbo-Croatian is the only acceptable way of saying
it. Double, triple or quadrupIe negatives are common and required by the
structure of the language.
GRAMMATICAL DRILL
Va prijatelj je zadovoljan. na
* * * * * * * * * * *
Bo
Vaa majka ne zna nemacki. Ona ne zna nijedan stran jezik. njihova
Tomina
Zorina
njegova soba
81
Va otac je zadovoljan.
Va otac nije zadovoljan.
va suprug
v
Sta radi vaa gospoa? Ona uci nemaeki. /njemacki.
82
Substitution-Correlation Drill
l 2
Kakav je va ~? Dobar je.
Nije dobar.
Moj hotel je dobar.
Moj hotel nije dobar. Mali je i
prljav.
l 2
tvoj njegov soba kupatilo
njen njihov restoran ambasada
Zorin Jovanov stanica pozorite
kolodvor kazalite
l 2
Da li va prijatelj uei srpskohrvatski? Da, uei.
Ne, ne uei.
Da, moj prijatelj uei
srpskohrvatski.
83
l 2
va otac Zorin muz govori zna
va suprug g. Smit razume
/vaa supruga
l 2
Da li vaa gospoa govori nemaeki? Da, govori.
/njemaeki? Ne, ne govori.
Da, moja zena govori nemaeki.
Ne, moja zena ne govori nemaeki.
Ona ne govori nijedan stran jeZik.
l 2
tvoja zena vaa majka zna
g-a Smit Zorina majka
Substitution-Correlation Drill
l 2
tvoja zena va otac govori zna
Zorin muz vaa majka razume
/razumije
va suprug g-a Smit
The students have the choice of giving a negative answer following either
(a) or (b).
84
Gospoa Smit govori dobro francuski. Kako gospoa Smit govori francuski?
I gospodin Smit govori dobro francuski. A kako gospodin Smit govori francuski?
v
Moj prijatelj gospodin Smit sada uci Sta radi sada va prijatelj gospodin
nemaeki. /njemacki Smit? Ito
GD 4.4.2
Moja zena govori srpskohrvatski. Da li vaa supruga govori srpskohrvat-
ski?
Zorin otac govori nemaeki. /njemaki Da li Zorin otac govori nemaki. /njema
85
A B
~a ~ SH ytlHTe cpnCKoxpsaTCKH?
4.5.2
Da li va prijatelj g. Smit zna Zna malo.
srpskohrvatski?
Mi u~imo zajedno.
cpnCKoxpsaTCKH?
86
la ~H OB rosop. jom HeHK CTpaR jeOHK? Aa, OH rosopH jom HeMa~KH H ~paHnycKH.
lla ~ Bama rocno~ rOBOp. ReKH CTpaB He, OHa He rOBopH HHjeaaa cTpaH jeGHK.
je3HK? OHa caAa y,. HeMa~KH.
87
v
6. Sta radi ovde g. Smit? Ito
Give full answers both affirmative and negative for 1-4, and affirmative
only for 5 and 6.
Make questions with Ida I i i and give full answers both affirmative and
negative.
88
UNIT 5
21 3 ' 1_ 2t t 3 '2
Do you travel a lot, Da li mnogo putujete, ~a J1H nyTyjeTe MHoro,
Mr. Smith?
2' t '1 #
g. (gospodine) Smite? r. (rocnoAHHe) CMHTe?
3 ' II # 3 .. l ' #
Where do you travel? Gdje putujete? rAe nyTyjeTe?
21 3~2 12 2 1 J 3: 2'
I often go to Zagreb Putujem cesto za llYTyjeM 'leeTO y 3a:rpe6
and Split.
1. , l 2 ,1
Zagreb i Split. H CnJIHT.
89
I -'.
we go, we're going idemo idemo H~BI(O
I HABIlO
3,2 21 3, 2_ I 3'1# 2 l 3:
Yes, we go to the theater, Da, idemo u kazalite l1.a, HAeKO Y n030pHmTB,
but not very often.
21 l 2' : 1
ali rijetko. aJIH peTKO
.!
approximately otprilike OTIIpHJlHKB
or ili HJIH
90
monthly mjeseno
2 !. 2 J
About once or twice a Otprilike jedanput OTnpHAHKe je~aHnYT HAH
month.
3 L 212 ,l 3: 2'1
ili dvaput mjeseno. ~B&nYT, Mece~HO.
weekly nedjeljno
2' 1 , _ 1
nedjeljno. He~e"{)HO.
91
B
,
they (masculine) oni 9HU
, - , -
they go, they tre oni idu OHU u1J,Y
going
I~
they are working, oni rade
they work, they are
engaged in some
activity
2 1 1
'VI'
3~1- # '1 '2 I '2:'1- I #
What do they do there? Sto oni rade tamo? mTa OHU pa1J,e TaKo?
sjede
. -
they are sitting ce,ne
92
I'
they have oni imaju
ugodno npHjaTHo
3, /2, l
vrijeme ugodno.
going out
is necessary
I . - - . l"
a lot of money mnogo novaca MHoro Hosana
93
21 .L 2 ot I 3 '2
Does entertainment take a Da li ovdje treba (Aa ... OB,D;e 'l'peCSa 'KKOflO
lot of money here? (lis
a lot of money necessary 3 ,2 12 I I 2 '1 II
for entertainmenti) mnogo novaca za BOBaua Ba paBOHO,a;y?)
,l #
razonodu?
3, 2 I 2l 3:" 2'1 #
How's the weather outside? Kakvo je vrijeme KaKao j8 apeX8 Bano~y?
2~1 #
vani?
, ,
clear (of weather) vedar, vedra, -o a8,a;ap, se,a;pa, -o
cloudy
-
obla~an, obl!~na, o6~~aH, 06~~HO, -o
-o
2 3, 12 2 .1 3:" 2 'O,
The weather is nice and Vrijeme je lijepo i Bpex8 je ~eno H a8,a;po.
clear.
..l
vedro.
2 3, 2 12, l _
2 J 3'1 -
The weather is cloudy. Vrijeme je oblaeno. Bpeue je 06~~HO.
pada
, -
it falls na,a;a
'o
to co _
~ .!. -
to rain ki~iti, ki~i KHDlHTH, KHDlH
/kf~jeti
94
Serbo-Croatian verbs have endings for person and number. lueiml means
'Ilm studying.' l-ml indicates '1'. The addition of IJal is a type of emphasis.
The endings as illustrated above are:
-m I -mo we
you
-zero he, she, it
they
The l-tel ending is for 'you' either plural or polite singular. The familiar
second person ending is I-i luei~/. This is used to members of onels family,
intimate friends, in addressing the Deit~ etc. It should be avoided by the
learner as its use implies too great familiarity. It should be noted, however,
that it is used very commonly in rural areas as the normal way to address one
person. (See ;t!I, Note 4.1)
From the examples lueIml, lidemol, Iznal we see that three vowels are
possible before these endings. (These are usually long when the verb has
primary stress.) Verbs having the vowel Iii in the other forms (that is before
l-ml, I-i etc.) have l-el for Itheytj those having lei in the other forms have
lal for Itheylj those having lal have l-jal for I they t (Ilmami tl havel, 11majul
'they havel - lal is always short before I-jul. There are a few exceptions to
95
uI ld~ irna:
,
ueI ide ima
, I
ueImo /ueImo id~mo jidemo im~mo /imamo
ufte jueIte id~te jidete i~te /lmate
I
uee idu imaju
The stress patterns vary. There are a few very frequent ones and also many
which apply to only a few verbs. (Some of these patterns are discussed in
Note 22.2.)
Following are verbs which have occured which pattern in the same way as
the three given above (stress not being considered):
i e a
r~d!m "
putujem zn~m
sedIm jsjedIm
The verb /razUmemj has the third person plural ending like the verbs with lal.
The central dialect form is perfectly regular.
96
Some English equivalents use the simple present: 'I know', II like', but these
indicate a state of being, a continuing situation or quality. Nearly every
Serbo-Croatian verb has two forms, one corresponding to the English progressive
or state of being forms, the other indicating the termination of the action or
its completion. All of the verbs discussed above are of the former, imperfective,
type. Perfective verbs will be taken up in a later note. This is a matter of
usage and is not regularly reflected in the form of the verb. Both types take
the same endings.
The adjective /d6bar/ has a neuter form /dobro/. This has the same endin~
as the adverb /dobro/, illustrated in the examples on the right. Many adverbs
have the same ending as the neuter singular of the adjective, though many of these
differ in stress from the adjective. Compare:
There may be other differences between the adjective and the adverb:
Where the adjective neuter ending is l-ej (or -~), the adverb is also j-ej:
ceI more frequent cee cee more frequently
GRAMMATICAL DRILL
Toma i Jovan Toma i Jovan putuju cesto Toma i Jovan ne putuju cesto u
u Zagreb i Split. Zagreb i Split.
majka i ena Majka i zena putuju cesto Majka i zena ne putuju cesto u
u Zagreb i Split. Zagreb i Split.
Toma i ja vi i va prijatelj
99
(ti)
on
ona
The following sentences are to be drilled with the same substitutions and
transfarms:
g-a i g-ea Smit G-da i g-ea Smit rade mnogo. One rade mnogo.
g-ea Smit i njena G-ea Smit i njena majka rade One rade mnogo.
majka
mnogo.
The following sentences are to be drilled with the same substitutions and
transforms:
101
G-a Jovi i njena majka svako jutro sede, razgovaraju i neto piju. /sjede
Toma i Jovan razumeju ~rancuski, ali ravo govore. /razumiju
Substitution-Correlation Drill
Use the items listed as the subject of both question and answer.
Kako provodite vreme ovde? /vrijeme Provodim vreme vrlo prijatno. /vrijeme
--- ovdje ugodno
Kako govorite srpskohrvatski? Ne govorim dobro, ja sada u~im.
one
g-a i g-ca Jovi
vaa majka 1 ena
102
Da li govorite francuski?
Da li ucite srpskohrvatski?
Oni (Toma i Jovan) idu cesto u bioskop. Da li Toma i Jovan idu cesto u
Ikino bioskop? /kino
Oni izlaze negde uvece. lidu negdje Da li oni izlaze negde uvece? lidu
uvecer negdje uvecer
103
Oni provode ovde vreme prijatno. Kako oni provode vreme ovde?
/ovdje vrijeme ugodno /vrijeme ovdje
Oni uvece sede, neto piju i razgo- ta oni rade uvece? Ito, uvecer
varaju. /uvecer sjede
Gospodin i gospoa Smit uce srpsko- Da li gospodin i gospoa Smit uce
hrvatski? srpskohrvatski?
A B
104
To je dobro. Hvala.
r~e nYTyjeTe?
To je ,lI;o6po. XsaJIa.
GD 5.4.2
Da li izlazite negdje uvecer? Da, izlazim.
Gdje izlazite? Idemo u kazalite.
Da li idete cesto u kazalite? Ne. Idemo otprilike jedanput ili
dvaput mjesecno.
Da li idete u kino2 Da, idemo.
Da li idete cesto u kino? Da, idemo jedanput ili dvaput nedjeljno.
Vrlo dobro.
H,lI;eKO y n030pHmTe.
GD 5.4.3
10.5
v
Sto radite? Ja ucim srpskohrvatski, a moja zena
francuski.
UITa P&AHTe YBe~e, rocnOAHHe CKHTe? 06H~HO ceAHKO H HeIDTO P&AHKO H~H
pa3rOBap&KO.
~a ~H BH Y~HTe ~paH~YCKH?
Conversation l va prijatelj
106
107
UNIT 6
Basic Sentences - Osnovne recenice
v'
, -
to wish, want, I )!'
;Geljeti, zel!m ZeJIeTH, XCeJIHM
wish, want
v # " I #
What do you want, sir? Sto zelite, gospodine? mTa ZeJIHTe, rocno~HHe?
I want to eat.
V
I
Zelim vecerati.
,
.>KeJIHM
- , ~a Be'CIepax.
v ' #
What do you want to eat? Sto zelite vecerati?
, -
to eat, lim eating jesti, jedem jecTH, je,lleM
~f ako aKO
,
, ,
black cf-n, crna, cf>noj ~PH, ~pHa, ~PHO;
~
cf.ni, -a, -o ~PHH, -a, -o
108
VI
I
I want to eat, (Ilid like Zelim juhu, telee ~JIHK Aa jeAeK cyny, TeJ18he
[some]) soup, veal, and, ..
if you have [any], some ~ I l. J
black bread. meso i, ako imate Meco, H aKO HKaT8
l. J '1
crnog kruha. UpHH xJIe6.
, -I I # #
What does your friend to zeli va prijatelj? lliTa EeJIH Bam npHjaTe.6?
want?
Z:lilk~VU.
~
Bo~a
water voda
vode
o.
B O,lJ; e
-
of water
,
you vas, vas Bac, Bac
!. I J I . -
Please give him coffee Dajte mu kavu i JJ.ajTe My KaeJ!y H 'lamy BO,lJ;8,
and a glass of water.
. -
cau vode, prosim. MOJlT,fM Bac.
109
, ,
/ hungry / gladan, gladna, l'JJaAaH, l'JJaJJ;Ha, -AHO
-o ,
!. ~ 2J 3- 1
Hels thirsty. On Je zedan. OH Je zeAaH.
-#
l'Op'Iy?
e
completely potpuno nOTnyBo
,
sweet sladak, slatka, -o c~AaK, CJlQTKa, -o
~
,
Without sugar, please. I Sasvim gorku, molim. nOTIIYBO l'OpKy, MOJ!HK.
donlt drink coffee with
sugar. !. J
Ja ne pijem slatku Ja He nHjeK C~TKY Ka!f>y.
kavu.
110
e
,
white eo, eM, -o;
~ -
eJIH, -a, -o
,
C'I drink') cafe au lait. Pijem bijelu kavu.
nHjell eJrY
K8.4>y.
L .. , .t 1/
When do Tom and John Kada piju Toma i Ka~ nHjy TOlla H JOBaB Ka4>Y?
drink coffee?
i '
Jovan kavu?
.J.
They drink strong, bitter Oni piju uve~er jaku,
OHa nHjy YBe~e jaKY, ~OPKY
coffee or tea in the
evening. , I II . I I
gorku kavu ili ~aj. Ka4>Y HJlH 'laj.
I I i ..
IThey never drink coffee IOni nikada ne piju OHH HHKa,A He nHjy Ka~y yse~e.
in the evening.
I t..
kavu uve~er.
, -
this ovaj, ova, oves osaj, osa, OSO
III
_ # ' - l
Waiter, this coffee is Konobar, ova kava je Ke~ep, 9sa Ka~ je x~AHa.
cold.
hladna.
...
I dontt like ne volIm He BOJIm(
!. J. J J
I don1t like cold coffee. Ja ne volIm hladnu Ja He BOJIH.M: XJIa,ZJ;uy Ka!py.
kavu.
, -
to bring, that I donijeti, da
bring
donesem
bring J donesite
to me meni, mi MeUH, MH
... -
other, second drugI, -a, -5 ,ZJ;pyI"H, -a, -o
... ,
hot vrU, vrUa, vrUe spyh, spyha, Bpyhe
# ..
Yes sir, right away. Prosim, odmah. MOJIH.M:, op;Kax.
...
only samo caKO
112
,
wine vIno BHHO
.! !. J J JJ
I drink only cold beer, Ja pijem samo hladno Ja oHjeM caMO XJIaAHO nBBO,
wine, and water, (Ibut)
not coffee. ~ !. U
, I
(ali) ne kavu.
pl~tIm
Note: The numbers indicating pitch are omitted in Units 6 following unless
an unfamiliar pattern occurs.
NOTES
111
Nominative Accusative
vino
v
Feminine supa Zelim da jedem supu.
v
juha Zelio bih juhu.
aa
114
Neuter nouns always have the same form for nominative and accusative.
Note /vreme/ 'time, weather'. This noun has special forms which will be taken
up later.
Feminine nouns with nominative singular in I-a/ have l-ul in the accusative
singular. Feminine nouns of the In6l type have, with a few exceptions, the
same form for nominative and accusative singular. Without exception nouns of
this type which end in a consonant in the nominative have the same form for the
accusative. In6/ is the only noun of this type which has occurred. They will
be referred to as feminine I-i/ nouns (for reasons to appear later).
In sununary:
b. Idemo u pozorite.
The accusative case may be used as (a) the object of a verb of (b) the
object of a preposition. It is also used in expressions indicating duration of
time (equivalent to sentences such as Ihe was there a monthl, 'I stayed a year'
etc.). The only time expression with the accusative which has occurred is
/laku no/, la light night,l.
The accusative with the preposition /u/ indicates direction towards, often
literally spatial, as /u pozoritel Ito (that is, into) the theater'. Compare
also /Mi putujemo cesto u Zagreb i Split/, that is linto Zagreb and Splitl.
(Note, however, that /za/ 'to, forl is used here in the other dialect.) The
preposition /na/ with the accusative indicates direction towards in a way very
parallel to /u/, /nal plus accusative usually meaning lonto l
11.5
What case follows a given preposition and what meaning the combination
has must be learned. The object of a verb may also be in another case, as
/crnog kruha/ in the Basic Sentences. Here the latin version uses the genitive
(Note 11.1), while the cyrillic uses the accusative.
l ,
cf-nI hleb c~ni hleb
I I ...
sladn kafu sladu kafu
,, I ... ,
noc laku noc
I ..
meso telee m~so
It may be seen from these few examples that adjectives modifying inanimate
mascu1ine nouns (/hleb/) or neuter nouns (/m~so/, /plvo/) have the same form as
in the nominative. (The endings with animate mascu1ine nouns are discussed in
Note 12.2.) Adjectives modifying feminine nouns (of either type) have j-u/
(or j-u/) in the accusative singular.
m. f. n.
,
indefinite beo jbljel b~la /bijela belo jbije10
definite b~lT /blje1I b~Hi jblje1a b~10 jblje10
, ,
indefinite cf-n crna crno
definite cf-nI cf-na cr-no
,
:+ndefinite g5rak g5rka gorko
definite g~rkI g5rka g5rko
116
, ,
indefinite hl~dan hladna hladno
definite hl&dnr hl~dna: hl~dno
vrU ',
indefinite vrUa vru.ce
, , , , ,,
vruci vru.ca vru.ce
, , ,
Pronominal ovaj ova ovo
The infinitive is the form used when talking about the verb (e.g. 'the
present of [the verb] /jesti/') and is the form which is used in dictionaries.
Beginning with this unit the infinitive will be given whenever a new verb is
introduced. The first person singular of the verb will also be given, as the
forms are often not predictable, one from the other. Other forms will be given
in the notes as necessary.
117
If a verb is perfective (see Note 5.1), /da/ will be used before the
present tense form. This indicates that the perfective present rarely occurs
without some clause introducer such as /da/. (It does not mean that it always
follows /da/.)
The following list gives the infinitive of most of the verbs which have
been used in units 1-6, as well as the first person singular and the third
person plural of the present. The imperative is given when it has occurred in
the units.
to be going ',
ici id~m l dil idite /idite
I
to have imati ima:m imaj il
to be going out izlaziti izlazIm iz1az~
118
GRAMMATICAL DRILL
The conversations will be the only drills given with central dialect
variants from Unit 6 on, though vocabulary items are used for substitution in
some drills. Obviously the instructor may use either dialect in going through
the drills.
In this drill the nouns listed for substitution are all given in the
nominative form. The noun used in the sentence is given at the head of the list,
also in the nominative, to show whether or not any change of form is necessary.
Some place names are added for additional practice.
119
crni hleb
vru aj
bijeli kruh
, ,
Ja volim vrucu kafu. vruca kafa
,
Ne volim vrucu kafu. hladna voda slaa kafa
gorea kafa
velika soba
naa ambasada
jedno pivo
jedno belo vino
Make the substitutions indicated, changing the form when necessary, then
give the negative of the statement.
120
dobar gorak
,
sladak vruc
jak
,
Ovo pivo je vruce. Ja ne volim vrue pivo.
sladak slab
jak hladan
rav
va njihov
na
njegov Tomin
njen Zorin
on ona mi vi oni
Jovan moja zena otac i ja vi i vaa gospoa Toma i Jovan
otac majka moja zena i Ja vi i Jovan g. i g-a Jovi
121
ti one
moja majka i zena
g-da i g-ca Smit
majka ti
vi oni
Tomina zena vi i vaa ena
moja zena i ja on i njegov otac
Toma i Jovan g-da i g-ca Jovi
Use the items listed as subjects of the verb in each sentence, changing
both verbs to the correct form. Then give the negative transfarm of the sentence.
For example:
v
Zelim da idem u restoran.
on (mi)
ona moja majka i ja
vaa majka oni
vi g. i g-da Jovi
vi i va otac one
In this drill the underlined verb phrase is to be changed in the next sen-
tence. The Serbo-Croatian of the latter is to be covered and the cue is given
by the next English sentence. The drill is on the distinction between the verbs
/eleti/ Ito want tal and /voleti/ Ito like, preferi.
Moj prijatelj zeli jaku crnu kafu. My friend would like a strong black
[cup of] coffee.
On voli jaku crnu kafu. He likes strong black coffee.
Toma i Jovan piju jaku crnu kafu. Tom and John drink strong black coffee.
122
Toma i Jovan vole jaku crnu kafu. Tom and John like strong black coffee.
Oni ele jaku crnu kafu. They would like strong black coffee.
This is a pair drill. Change both the question and the answer as indicated
by the substitutions indicated.
l 2
Gde idete? Idem u nau ambasadu.
on .. svoja soba
vi i gospoa . moja soba
oni ... restoran
Toma i Jovan .. Jovanova soba
g. i. g-a Jovi . bioskop
l 2
Gde putuju g. i g-a Smit? Oni putuju u Jugoslaviju.
l 2
Gde izlazite uvece? Obicno idem u pozorite.
123
l 2
Kakav hotel imate? Imam dobar hotel.
restoran oni
soba g. i g-da Smit
kupatilo vi i gospoda
l 2
Kad pijete kafu? Pijem uvece.
l 2
Da li (Vi) idete cesto u pozorite? Da" idem.
Ne" ne idem.
Da" idem cesto u pozori~te.
Ne" ne idem cesto u pozori~te.
124
l 2
Da li (vi) putujete cesto u Dalmaciju? Da, putujem.
Ne, ne putujem.
Da, putujem cesto u Dalmaciju.
Ne, ne putujem cesto u Dalmaciju.
Moja zena pije slatku kafu. Kakvu kafu pije vaa gospoa? IDa li
vaa gospoa pije slatku kafu?
12.5
A B
Kakav ~aj ona pije? Ona pije sladak, vrlo jak ~aj.
Aa~H sama rOCDo~a Daje Ka~y? He, Koja ~eHa He Daje Ka~.
126
KaKaB qaj OHa naje? OHa nHje CAa~aK, BpdO jaK qaj.
GD 6.6.2
Gde idu Toma i Jovan. Idu u ambasadu.
Aa naje llaj.
l I l
/zato/ - why
GD 6.6.3
ta elite, gospodine? elim da jedem.
Kakav ~aj gospoa eli. Ona pije sladak, ali jak aj.
Molim, gospodine.
127
GD 6.7.2 Make another set of questions for the above sentences, using /da li/
for sentences 1-5, /li/ alone for sentences 6-10.
Make short affirmative answers to 1-5, long to 6-10. Make long negative
answers to 6-10.
128
UNIT 7
Basic Sentences - Osnovne recenice
~ I ~ # J I #
How are the hotels here? Kakvi su oVdje hoteli? ~KBH cy OBAe XOTeJIH?
da 11 su
.
are they Aa JIB cy
II #
Are they good? Da li su dobri? JJ..a JJB cy Ao6pH?
!. I
Our hotels are clean Nai hoteli su cisti HamH XOTeJIB cy qHCTH H
and comfortable.
, -
i udobni. y,n;o6HH.
I ' J
Thatis fine. To Je dobro. To je Ao6po.
both . and i .. i
129
J. I J ..l
We have very comfortable Mi imamo vrlo udobne MH HlIallO BpJIO y,no6He H
(both) hotels and
restaurants. ~ I
hotele i restorane.
~
XOT8JI8
, , -
H p8CTopaHe.
I
Excuse me, [lid like] Oprostite, samo jo M3SHHHTe, caMO jom je~Ho
just one more [bit of]
information. I ~ J
jedno obavjetenje. 06aSemTeB:e.
ask' pIta:jte
, ,
everything, all sve CBe
,
that, which to mTO
I ~ - I
Please, ask whatever Izvolite, pitajte sve
(Iall thatl) you want.
J
to elite. ZeJIHTe.
l ~
How are the bathrooms? Kakve su kupaone?
.
order, now pe~, pe~OBH
~ II ,
Are they perfectly Da li su sasvim u redu? Aa JIK cy ~cnpaBBa?
all right?
130
,
naturally, of course naravno aapaSHO
, , , , .
all sav, sva, sve cas, csa, cse
.... "-
warm topal/topao, TOnaJ1 / Tonao,
tbpla, -o Ton~, -o
I I
Do they have hot and Da li imaju toplu i ,na J1H HMajy TOnJ1Y H
cold water?
# #
hladnu vodu? XJ18.AHY SOAY?
'# '
Yes, they do. Da, imaju.
,
one should not ne treba
.
to worry brinuti (se), 6PHHYTH (ce),
brinem [se]
. . -I I I
You should not worry Ne treba nita brinuti. He Tpe6a HHmTa .n.a 6pHHeTe.
about anything.
truth istina
.
HCTHHa
131
#
svoju kupaonicu?
,I '
Yes, it is. Da, istina je. tJ.~1 ~CTHHa je.
..
bed postelja KpeBeT
'"
CTOJIHIJ;a
chair stolica
pl. stolovi
,
mirror zrcalo (Cr.) Ofl JIe Aa JIO
I
But all their rooms Ali sve sobe imaju AJIH CBe c06e HMajy YAo6He
have comfortable beds,
nice chairs, tables, II J II
and mirrors. udobne postelje, KpeseTe, ~ene CTOJIHUe,
II
lijepe stolice, CTOJIOBe H OrJIeAa~a.
I
stolove i zrcala.
L I I
How is the cleanliness Kako se ovdje odrava KaKO ce OB.ne O~pJICB.Ba
(maintained) here?
# #
istoa? 1.IHcToha?
132
... ...
park napK, napKoBH
like, as Kao
...
street ulica YJIH~a
L J
Both Belgrade and Zagreb I Beograd i Zagreb M Eeorpa.D: H 3arpe6 HMajy
have beautiful parks
as well as clean streets J
and squares. imaju lijepe parkove, JIene rrapKOBe, Kao H
I
ciste ulice i t~gove.
I
Are all the coffeehouses Da li su sve kavane ~a JIH CY CBe Ka~aHe Ao6pe
nice and clean?
I # #
dobre i ciste? H tlHCTe?
zalost f.
.. -
>IW.JIOCT
sadness, grief,
affliction
unfortunately na zalost Ha
. -
:lK8JIOCT
J
they are not nIsu HM:Cy
133
,
lim sorry ('sorry zao mi je uo MH je
is to mei)
GRAMMATICAL NOTES
Ali sve sobe imaju udobne krevete (postelje), lepe stolice, stolove i
ogledala (zrcala).
These sentences illustrate nouns of all genders in the plural, both nominative
and accusative. Compare:
Masculine Adjective
, , ,
Sing. NA hotel restora:n park st5 krevet cis t udoban
Feminine /-i/
Sing. NA n5 vecer
134
Neuter
,
Sing. NA ogledalo zrcalo cisto udobno
Sing. Masc. Fern. Fern. l-il Neut. Pl. Masc. Fern. Fern. /-i/ Neut.
N -zero -a -zero -o -i -e -i -a
A -zero -u -zero -o -e -e -i -a
There are variations of some of these (such as /-e/ for neuter singular), but
these are typical endings. The adjective endings are nearly the same, with the
addition of /-i/ or /-1/ for the masculine NA singular, noting that the other
endings may be long when the adjective is definite and has primary stress (for
example, /dobr~/).
Should the nouns be singular and indicate people, the adjective may agree
with the nearer or it may be plural:
135
When the adjective is in the predicate and refers back to the noun, it
is masculine plural when
Note 7.3 Noun: Slngular and Plural - Special Cases (/vece/ and /vec~r/)
136
In Note 4.3 special negative verb forms such as /nije/ were mentioned.
Three verbs have such forms, in which the negative prefix combines with the
following verb. The negative present of /imati/ is one of these. Compare:
,
imam im~mo imamo nemam n~ma:mo
An explanatory spelling with double vowels for length clarifies the structure:
/imaam/, negative /neemaam/ (that is, /imaam/ has the shape /-emaam/ after
Ine-I) .
137
trgove stolove
138
udoban veliki
prljav neudoban
139
No je lepa i vedra.
skup
Njihov hotel je ~
Naa postelja je ~.
lep
Make all 2 substitutions with the original sentence, then with each l substitu-
tion:
l 2
Beograd ima ~ trgove 1 parkove.
l 2
cist prljav hotel i restoran
mali veliki kafana i hotel pozori~te i bioskop
2 l
Njihovi kreveti i sobe nisu dobri.
l 2
udoban neudoban soba i kupatilo
Male su i prljave.
stolica postelja
selo kazalite
ogledalo /zrcalo
hotel
soba
ulica kafana stolica
stanica postelja
Substitution-Correlation Drill
143
vae selo
144
njihovo pozorite
145
bioskop postelja
Beograd i Zagreb imaju lepe i velike Kakve parkove i trgove imaju Beograd
parkove i trgove. i Zagreb? IDa li Beograd i Zagreb
imaju ...
Toma i Jovan nemaju dobre sobe i Kakve sobe i kupatila imaju Toma i
kupa~ila i vrlo su nezadovoljni. Jovan? Da li su zadovoljni?
147
Hotel ima cista kupatila i sobe. Kakva kupatila i sobe ima hotel?
IDa li hotel ima cista kupatila i
sobe?
lJ.a JIH je Bam peCTopaa cKyn? JeCTe, cKyn je, a.11H ~o6ap.
148
GD 7.5.2
Da li idete ovde u kafanu? Da, idem.
npH~H~HO cy Ao6pe.
cRyne KarPaHe.
GD 7.5.3
Kakve hotele imaju Beograd i Zagreb? Oni imaju dobre i ciste hotele.
Da li Zagreb ima lepe trgove, kao Naravno, Zagreb ima vrlo lepe i
Beograd? velike trgove.
pozorite? mjesecno.
149
KaKse XOTeAe HMajy Beo~paA H 3a~pe6? OHH HKajy Ao6pe H 'HcTe XOTe~e.
Pa AH 3a~pe6 HMa Aene Tprose, Kao HapsSHO, 3arpe6 HKa sp~o ~ene H
BeorpaA? Be~HRe Tprose.
lJ.a ~H BaDIH npHjaTe.llH HAY lIeCTO '1 HAY, a~H He ~eCTO. OTDpH~Re
l. Write out each of these sentences using each of the adjectives listed.
dobar <Sist
Nai hoteli su
----- i
150
151
UNIT 8
J
Hello, Mr. Jovi. Dobar dan, gospodine ao6ap ~aH, ~ocnO~HHe JosHhy.
Joviu.
I I _ _ #
How are you, what are [Kako ste, to r~drte?] KaKO eTe, WTa pa~HTe?
you doing?
, ,
of' new nova / novoga
I I
, #
How are you, whatrs new Kako ste, to ima KaKO CTe, WTa Hlla HOSO?
(Iwhat is there of' newi)?
#
novoga?
,
question plta:nje DHTaH:e
.!. , L - I
Thanks (f'or the question), Hvala na pitanju dobro XsaJla Ha n~TaH>yl ~o6po cau.
lIm f'ine. How are you?
~/1 I '#
sam. Kako ste vi? RaKO cTe BH?
L I ~ I
I'm f'ine, too, thank you. Hvala. I Ja sam dobro. XsaJla. 11 ja cau ~o6po.
dozvolIm ~03BOJlHM
152
,
this, these (pron.) ovo OBO
L I . I
lim glad to meet you, Drago mi je vas upoznati MHJIO KH je I'ocno,n;o ,n;a ce
gentlemen.
gospodo. yno3HaMO.
Amerik.nci
,
(interrogative sen- zar ne je .7I'Te
tence final), is it
not so?
153
I I
Theyire brothers. Oni su braca. OHH cy 6paha.
,
man ovjek, pl. ljUdi "IOSeK, .bY-AH
I
, I
J.
Bob and his brother are Bob i njegov brat su E06 H H:.eI'OS 6paT Cy' VJI8.AH
very nice young people.
.L I I I
mladi i simpatini H cm.rnaTH"IHH ~YAH.
ljudi.
.L I I
We1re here as tourists. Ovdje smo kao turisti. DSAe CKO Kao TypHCTH.
154
!.
We1re travelling through Mi putujemo kroz
Europe to Greece.
~ I
Evropu, za Grku.
, ,
to see vidjeti, vidIm
I I I
Now they1d like to see Sada zele vidjeti i Ca~a .e~e Aa BHAe H
Yugoslavia and get
acquainted with it.
upoznati Jugoslaviju.
yn03sajy JyrocJJBHjy.
,
pertaining to business poslovan, poslovna, nOC~OBaH, nOC~OBHa, -o
-o
I , I '
business man poslovan ovjek nOC~OBaB ~OBeK
/b!znismen /6H3HHCMeH
Bob is a business man, and B~b je poslovan OVjek l E~6 je nOC~OBaB ~~BeK! a
his brother is an artist.
umjetnik.
I '
Where are you going from Kud odlazite odavde, KYA8 OAAa3HTe oAaB~e,
here, gentlemen?
#
gospodo?
155
tomorrow sutra
Athens At~na
Greek
spomenIci
I
l'm glad [to hear it] Drago mi je gospodo. MH~O MH je ~ocno~o.
gentlemen.
...
to you vama, vam saMa, saM
Note: Croatian uses both /cesta/ and /p~t/. /c~sta/ is lroad l while /pat/ may
be used for troadi, 'wayl, or Itripl. In the above expression only /pat/ may
be used.
156
Srbija
Grkinja
Bugarska Bugarin
N~mac Nemica
(G Nemca)
vajcarska / vicarska vajc~rac /, vicarac vajcarkinja / vicarka
(G Svajcarca / Svlcarca
.Austrija Austrij~nac , Austrijanka
(G Austrijanca)
157
Grammatical Notes
The verb Ito be' has three sets of forms in the present. The most fre-
quent is an enclitic set, occurring after a stressed word at the beginning of a
clause. Examples above are Isaml" ljel" Ismol" Istel" Isu/. None of these are
stressed, and they always follow some other word.
The second set has" except for /je/" longer forms. Examples above are
/je/" /jeste/, /jesu/. Note that there is an enclitic" unstressed ljef and a
stressed /je/. (See below.)
The third set of forms" also stressed, is the negative. In{jel and Infsu/
are examples. The negative occurs only stressed.
Je su
stressed Negative
nfsam nfsmo
nfsi nfste
I
nije nfsu
158
Stressed /je/ is used before /li/, as /je li/ lis (it)?I. Stressed /jeste/
and /jest/ list are often used for Iyes l as well as for Ihe, she, it isl. The
Qther stressed affirmative forms are used before /li/ and as emphatic forms II
amil, Ihe is,l, etc. They are also used in answers to questions: /Jeste li vi
gospodin Jovi?/ -- /Da, jesam./. (For the use of these present forms in con-
nection with the past see Notes 17.1 and 18.1)
The unstressed forms are enclitic, that is, they are suffixed to the
previous (stressed) word. There are a number of enclitics in Serbo-Croatian
and the order in which they occur is fixed. Compare:
Da li su dobra?
Zao mi je.
/li/, /mi/, /su/, /je/ are all enclitics. That is, whenever two or more
enclitics occur next to each other, they must occur in the order here given.
The order of the enclitics which have occurred so far is:
l 2 3 4 5
li sam mi vas je
si mu nas
smo ih
ste
su
Not more than one enclitic from each slot may occur. Note that the present of
Ito bel is in slot 2, except for /je/, which occurs last. This also means that
if one of the forms from slot 2 occurs, then /je/ lisi may not occur, and vice
versa. (/nas/ and /ih/ have been added from Note 8.2.)
Oni su braa.
Ona imaju toplu i hladnu vodu.
159
ImI/, lVII, lonil, lonel and lonal have already been introduced in con-
nection with the pronominal adjectives (see Note 4.1). Ivasl is an enclitic
accusative. The pronouns have in several cases both stressed and enclitic
forms. The stressed form of Iyou l is Iv~s/. The full set of plural personal
pronouns, nominative and accusative, is:
m (etc.) f n
, ,
N ml we vl you oni one ona
, ,
A nas us vas you njIh
or,
nas vas ih
Note that the accusative forms are close to the corresponding adjectives:
In~sl - Inai, Iv~sl - Ivai, InjIhl - Injlhov/.
Grammatical Drill
on On je Amerikanac.
160
Zora je Jugoslovenka.
161
mi I mi smo dobro.
(ti) moj prijatelj moja ena Toma i Jovan g-a i g-ea Jovi
Type sentences are given first. These are to be drilled as pairs. The
sentences for drill follow.
Masculine
Ti si Amerikanac. ~
Vi ste Amerikanci.
Vi s te Amerikanac. -'
162
Feminine
Use the items listed as the subject of both questions and answers.
163
Nisam.
gospoda
Da li ste vi Francuz?
Da li ste vi zadovoljni?
gospoice
164
Da li ste vi Hrvatica?
Da li ste vi Srpkinja?
Da li ste vi Slovenka?
Ne, nije.
one
gospoe
Da li je va prijatelj dobro?
Da li je va prijatelj zadovoljan?
Ne, nisu.
165
Nisam.
etc.
on oni
,
va brat g. i g-a Jovic
on oni
va prijatelj vai prijatelji
Toma vi (plural)
166
ona one
Zora vi (plural)
167
A B
Drago mi je gospodo.
168
GD 8.4.2
Vai prijatelji Bob i Tom su vrlo Jesu.
simpaticni ljudi.
Oni putuju kao turisti, zar ne? Jest. Sada zele upoznati Dalmaciju.
OHH nYTyjy Kao TypHCTH, je ~'Te? JeCTe. CalJ,a ~e~e Aa yn03Hajy ~a~aUHjy.
GD 8.4.3
Kakav hotel imate, gospodine? Da, i moja zena i ja smo zadovoljni.
169
2. Make another set of questions for the above sentences, using Izar nel.
Make short affirmative answers to 1-4. Make long affirmative answers for 5-8.
170
Unit 9
house, home
at home doma
J-
Is Tom at home, malam? Da li je Toma doma
#
gospoo? I"ocno~o?
I '
lIm afraid (Iunfortunatelyl) Na alost nije. ~ )EaJIOCT' HJ!ije.
he isn1t. A
Lo I
Excuse me for disturbing Izvinite to vam
you, but do you know
where he is? ~ - # I .. .L I .. #
smetam, (ali) da aJIH, ~a JIM 3HaTe I"~e je?
!. I
li znate gdje je?
I '
I need him urgently. Treba mi hitno.
171
~ Il-
He1s usually at home at U ovo doba on je
this time.
- I
I simply donlt know where Prosto ne znam gdje
he can be.
I
moze biti. MOEe 6HTH.
..
by chance, casually, slu~ajno
accidentally
, , # #
or, u restoranu? I~a HHje y peCTopaHY?
172
/MHCfHM
~a Haje y peCTopaHY~
Hero y Ka~HH.
to look pogledati, da
,
nor~e~aTH, ~a
-
nOI"~e~aM
pogledam
lookS pogledajte nOI"JIe~ajTe
,
first, at first prvo npBO
,
(clause initial par- pa na
ticle, continuative),
and
restoran.
,
dolaziti, dolazi ,l],O~3HTH, ~0~3H
to be coming, to come
..,
home (direction towards) doma KyhH
L I I
J. I
When does he come home? Kad on dolazi doma? Ra~ OH ~0~3H KyhH?
seven sedam
173
u uredu. KaHueJl8pHju.
to say
J. ~ I
What should I tell Tom to da ka~em Tomi,
when he comes?
kad
~
doe?
-
poruku?
Ja-v!
174
as soon as ~lm
I l
,
meni ili savjetniku CM;TY! ~HM
,llo~e.
Srni tu.
to f'inish svr.iti, da
svr.!m
,
work, job posao m. Gsg.
posla, pl.
poslovi
.!. I l
vienja, gospodine. I"'OCnOAHHe.
.!. I ,
Good-by, ma ram. Do vienja, gospoo. ~o BH~eHaJ rocno~o.
Note: Ikad d5~/ is /kad5~/. When two identical consonants come next to each
other, one drops. This is not shown by the spelling when the two consonants
are spelled with a space between them.
175
Grammatical Notes
The above sentences show typical nouns in the dative case, masculine,
neuter and feminine a-nouns.
Masculine and neuter nouns have the ending /-u/ in the dative singular:
m. /restor~nu/, /konzul~tu/, /s~vetnIku/, n. /pft~nju/. The plural ending for
these nouns is l-imal: /restor~nima/, /konzul~tima/, /s~vetnIcima/, /pItanjima/.
Feminine i-nouns have /-i/ in the singular, l-imal in the plural:, /noi/,
/noima/. (Grammarians distinguish D /noi/ L /ni/.)
The dative plural /s~vetnIcima/ shows a change of /k/ to /c/ before /i/.
This is a regular change (there being few exceptions) before the dative singular
ending /-i/ (f., a-nouns), the dat ive plural ending /-ima/ (m. and n.), the
masculine nominative plural /-i/ (Note 7.1), the imperative /-i(te)/ (/recite/,
for example) and some less common forms. Further examples will occur in later
units.
Untill recently a distinction between dative and locative was made. The
dative was used as indirect object and after a few prepositions, particularly
Iki. The locative was used after certain other prepositions, including /u/ and
/na/. These two cases are here considered as one and called tdative t With
some speakers there is still a distinction between the dative and locative cases
of certain words, the difference in the noun being one of stress. /gr~d/ Icity'
is one of these words. Such speakers say /gr~du/ for the dative and /gr~du/ for
176
the locative. There are no differences of ~~un or adjective endings for thr two
cases in the standard language.
Two uses of the dative case are illustrated above: after prepositions
(/ul 'in l , Inal Ion, at' [here 'on the occasion of l , Iforl]) and indirect object
(ITomil Ito Tomi, Imul Ito himl, Imenil Ito meI, Isavetnikul Ito the counsellor 1 ,
ISmitul 'to Smith'). Only the noun forms will be discussed at this time. See
Notes 10.1-4 for pronoun and adjective forms, as well as further notes on usage.
Both the dative and the accusative cases may occur after the prepositions
lul and Inal. The basic distinction here (and with certain other prepositions)
is that the accusative indicates the goal or direction towards, while the dative
indicates place where. One says, therefore, lidem u kafanul frlm going to
(that is, into) the coffee shop' but Ija sam u kafanil 'I am in the coffee shop1.
The fundamental difference of meaning between lul and Inal is that lul indicates
'into' with the accusative and 'inside of l with the dative, while Inal indicates
lontal with the accusative and Ion' with the dative. Compare lu kuul 'into the
house l lu kuil lin(side) the house', Ina trgl I(on)to the square l , Ina trgul
Ion the square l (Cf Note 6.1.2) This basic difference has been somewhat
obscured, primarily through the change of meaning of some of the nouns involved.
It is therefore necessary to learn which of these two prepositions is used with
certain words. For example, Inal is normally used with Istanical: Ina stanicul
Ito the stationI, Ina stanicil tat the station'. The basic meaning of Istanical
is the place where the stopping and standing is done. It also means t(bus) stopI
so that Inal as Ion' is appropriate from an overall point of view. The usage
of Inal cannot always be so easily rationalized. Compare Ina universit~tul lat
the universityf.
The sentence to the left uses the accusative, as the speaker has in mind the
goal or direction. The speaker saying that on the right has in mind the place
where the looking is to be done. Another usage to be noted, though not used by
all speakers, is Inal in Ina kafil in the sense rat coffeer, thaving coffeer:
177
/On je na kafi/ tHets [out] having a cup of coffee' (or the like).
bioskopu Splitu
konzulatu Dubrovniku
pozoritu Sarajevu
kupatilu Skoplju
Americi
Jugoslaviji
pivu ulici
178
kui kupatilu
kui
kafani
kancelariji
kafanama kancelarijama
bioskopu
konzulatu
pozoritu
stanicama ulicama
trgovima
Pair drill.
l l 2
Vidite prvo u restoranu, pa onda konzulatu ambasadi
2
parku kancelariji
u kafani.
restoranu sobi
179
Make all number l substitutions with the original sentence, then with each
number 2 substitution.
l 2
Savetniku Smitu treba hitno Jovan.
l 2
gospodinu Joviu Tomi soba gospoa Smit
gospoi Zori
pozorite Beograd
Substitute /bioskop/ for
/restoran/, /kafana/ for soba Skoplje
18e
ulica
kancelarija ured
kafana pozorite
ambasada kazalite
181
Oni su u restoranu.
Ne odrzave se dobro.
Oni su na putu.
182
Ljubljana Skoplje
Pritina Celje
Ne .. nije.
Da .. u ~ je sve cista i u redu.
Ne, nije.
Da, u sobama je Bve cista i u redu.
Nije.
Jeste, on je u restoranu.
Ne, on nije u restoranu, ve u kafani.
183
Moj (IMoji) otac i majka su u Splitu. Gde su vai (/va) otac i majka?
Toma i Jovan provode vec eri u kafani. Gde Toma i Jovan provode veceri?
Oni sede u kafani svako vece. Zar oni sede svako vece u kafani?
u ovo doba Toma moze biti kod kue. Gde Toma moze biti u ovo doba?
u ovo doba Toma je obicno u kafani, Zar Toma nije kod kue u ovo doba?
a ne kod kue.
184
A B
kino.
Kakva su kina i kazalita u Beogradu? Nisu loa.
Kako ljudi provode vrijeme ovdje? Obicno kod kue ili u kinu, kazalitu,
parkovima ili kavani.
OB~e ~Y~H H~y ~eCTo y Ka~He, 3ap He? HAY ~eCTO. To je HCTHHa, a~ He caMO
y Ka<I>aHe.
185
GD 9.4.2
Vidite u kavani.
doma.
Prosim vas, recite mu da mi se javi Prosim, gospodine.
eim doe.
BH,lJ,HTe Y KacllaHH.
186
GD 9.4.3
Da li su vai prijatelji jo na putu? Da, jesu.
mnogo.
MHO~O.
187
l. Write out each of these sentences changing underlined sUbjects, and objects
of prepositions, to plural.
2. Make questions to which the above sentences are appropriate answers. The
question words are given in parentheses. Make short affirmative answers to each
question.
188
UNIT 10
l I " l
Your hus band works in the Va suprug, gospoo, Bam uyz, rocno~o, paAH Y
American Embassy, doesn't
he, ma'am? L
radi u Americkoj
L I
ambasadi, zar ne?
,I
Yes, thatis right. Da, tako je. .n.;,# TaKO je.
stanujem
suburbs npe.nrpa~e
B
I
We have a nice house in Imamo lijepu kuu u
the suburbs.
nepHe:pepHjH rpa~a.
predgrau.
189
, ,
difficult, heavy, hard t~~akJ t~kaJ -o T~_K, T~mxa, -o
...
with difficulty t~ko T~mxo
~ .L I I ,
It1s hard to live in the Teko Je ~ivJetl u "
Temxo
.1.
je ZRBeTR Y rp'il,l(Y.
city.
gradu.
~ I J. ,
Where do you live? U kom dijelu vi cTaHyJeTe?
Y KOM xpajy
stanujete?
Topchider Hill
- I ' ,
We live on Topchider Hill. Stanujemo na Top~ider- CTaHyjevo Ha Ton~HAepCKoM
190
l
Shakespeare Street ekspirova ulica
four etiri
J.
On Shakespeare Street, Y llieKcnaposoj, 6poj 4.
number 4.
,
to please dopadati se, ~onaAarR ce,
,
dopada: se Aonalla ce
sV!a: se cBii~a ce
I
Ila KaKO ce B;lla l H B;mHMa l
I
Well, how do you and your ( Pa) kako se vama i
family like Belgrade,
madam? I I , #
vaima dopada Beograd, ,zr,onaAa BeorpaA, rocno~o?
gospoo?
to my mam MOM
.L ~ I I J. J.
Both my husband and I (1) mom muzu i meni H MOM IlYEY H Il:HH 1 Beorpa,zr,
like Belgrade very much.
~
Beograd se jako
ce liH 01" o ,zr,onaAa.
dopada.
191
to my mojIm 1l0jRIl
roditelji
I I
roditelji?
.!. J.
They live in America, in Oni ive u Americi, ti OHH ERBe y AMepHUH, y
New York.
Njujorku. ~jOPKY.
192
~ l!.
obitelj zive u
Kragujevcu, u Srbiji.
# 1.1.
Anna, give that [cup of] Ana, molim dajte tu
coffee to my mother.
I I
l
Give her the tea. Njoj dajte caj. HOJ ,lI;ajTe qaj.
I ~
I
to my friends, for mojim prijateljima MOjHM npHjaTe~HMa
my friends
,
(distributive particle), po no
per, [to] each
193
.L
jedno vino.
Grammatical Notes
U ekspirovoj, broj 4.
Masculine and neuter adjectives have the ending l-oml (or I-em/) in the
singular, I-iml in the plural. There are also longer variants I-omel - I-eme/,
I-irna/. The last is in common use with certain pronominal adjectives. The
vowel of each ending is long if the adjective has primary stress. Examples:
ITopiderskoml (m. sg.), Ivaimal, Imoj!ml (m. pl.). Ik~m/ and Im5m/ are mascu-
line singular dative forms but are short forms, there being also the rather
archaic Ikoj~m/ and ImoJ~m/.
Feminine adjectives have the ending I-oJI in the singular, I-iml in the
plural (the vowel long when the adjective has primary stress). Only I-oJI has
occurred: IAmerik6j/, Ikoj6j/, for example.
Note the use of the adjective without the noun in lu ekspirovoj, broj 4/.
194
There are both long (stressed) and short (unstressed, enclitic) forms of
the personal pronouns in the dative case (and also for the accusative, which is
added here for comparison, see Note 12.2) . Compare:
, , ,
N j~ tl on, ono ona
, ,
A mene me tebe te njega ga nJU je (ju)
,
D meni mi tebi ti njemu mu nj5j joj
, , ,
N ml vl oni, ona, one
, ,
A nas nas vas vas njIh ih
, ,
D nama nam vama vam njima im
The longer forms are used where there is emphasis or contrast. In /i m5m mau
i meni/ Ito both my husband and myself l the stressed /meni/ must be used to
parallel the stressed noun phrase /m6m mau/.
Other examples are similar. Note, for example, /meni ili s~vetniku smltu/,
Ivama i vaima/, /mOjim prijatelijima i menije In one instance the stressed
pronoun is put first in the sentence - /nj5j/ I(give) her (tea)". The un-
stressed forms are much more frequently used, though never first in a sentence.
These examples illustrate further the use of the dative without any prepo-
sition. The general meaning is one of reference, indicating the person concerned
or in whose interest something is done, but who is not himself taking part in
195
the action, if any, described by the sentence. While many datives without
prepositions are equivalent to English 'indirect objects' ('give him coffeel,
Igive her tea t , etc.), it is better to take a broader view of the basic meaning
of the dative, since many other examples can in no way be 'indirect objects'.
Compare the following:
donesite mi
recite mu
drago mi je
The verb s /j~vI sei 'is informingi, /dopad~ sei tis pleasing l are examples of the
use of the reflexive pronoun /se/ (short, unstressed, enclitic with a verb).
Such combinations are known as Ireflexive verbs'. The dative is frequently used
with reflexive verbs. /j~vI sei is parallel to /recitel in usage, that is, the
dative may be considered as 'indirect object' as it may be further stated what
the person is to be informed of. On the other hand, a phrase such as /Beograd
mi se dopada/ II like Belgrade l might be translated more literally 'Belgrade, so
far as my personal interest is concerned, is pleaslng l .
The dative is also used with /treb~/. In the above instance it is llterally
fhe is needed with reference to my welfare urgentlyl. /treb mil is frequently
translatable II need'.
The pronoun /ko/ 'who has datlve /kome/; /t5/ 'thatI has /tome/. /ta/
'
(/to/) Iwhat' has /cemu/ as in /u cemu je stv~r?l. See below for the adjectives
IkojII and /t~j/.
196
N n~ va njihov
A na va njihov
The examples listed above in Note 10.1 give two other pronominal adjectives:
/t~j/, 'that, the aforementioned' and /koji/ 'which'.
/t~j/ has an ending l-aji in the masculine singular nominative (and inanimate
accusatlve). Compare:
m. n. f.
N t~J t5 t~
A t~j (inan.) t5 tu
197
being the same as in the examples in Note 10.2. above, that of reference to a
given person, indicating his personal involvement, etc. This is a very frequent
(and colloquial) pattern corresponding to the English use of a possessive
adjective (Imy', Ihis l , etc.). The pronominal adjectives /maj/, /njegov/ are
either more emphatic or more general.
It should also be noted that the words lotac/ and Imaj kal are normally
used alone when the reference is to 'my ratheri and Smy mother', as in the
English sentence 'Father has gone ror the day'.
198
199
Plural
u ovo doba oni su sigurno u svojim u ovo doba oni sigurno nisu u svojim
sobama. sobama.
Tominim sestrama
svom kupatilu
svojoj sobi
200
Avalski put
Miloeva ulica
Knez-Mihailova ulica
Maglajska ulica
v
Sekspirova ulica
Jovanova ulica
201
Nemacka ambasada
taj ured
Pair drill.
l
Stanujemo na Topciderskom brdu.
l 2
Mi ne stanujemo na Topciderskom brdu, ve u Miloevoj ulici.
l 2
Mali Kalemegdan Jovanova ulica
l
Moji prijatelji ive u Novom Sadu.
l 2
Moji prijatelji ne zive u Novom Sadu, nego u Staroj Pazovi.
l 2
Gornji Milanovac . Rogaka Slatina
202
njihov krevet
Plain
203
Emphatic
Plain
Emphatic
204
Pair Drill
Beograd je u Jugoslaviji.
205
Beograd Pritina
Kragujevac Varadin
Ljubljana Topola
Substitution Drill
l
Gde stanujete? U Miloevoj ulici.
l
Stanujem u Miloevoj ulici.
l
Stanujemo u Miloevoj ulici.
2
Na Malom Kalemegdanu.
2
Stanujem na Malom Kalemegdanu.
206
l
U kojoj ulici stanujete? U Miloevoj ulici.
l
stanujem u Miloevoj ulici.
l (with lu/) 2
(with Inal)
grad Cvetni trg
Ne dopada ~ se.
~ se Beograd ne dopada.
Jovanu njemu, mu
ta treba ~?
Make the substitutions indicated, using in the answers the appropriate form of
the pronoun for each substituted item.
Ne svia mu se.
Njemu se mnogo svia Zagreb.
207
Make the substitutions indicated, using the proper form of the pronoun for both
question and answer.
Ne sViaju mi se.
on ona vi (plural)
oni
Make all 2 substitutions with the original question, then with each l
substitution.
l 2
Da li va brat zivi u Novom Sadu? Da, ivi.
Ne, ne zivi.
l 2
vi Stara Pazova Nika Banja
208
l 2
Da li Toma i Jovan stanuju na Topciderskom brdu? Da, stanuju.
Ne, ne stanuju.
vi Zeleni venac
ti Dedinje
l 2
Da li Toma treba da se javi savetniku Smitu? Da, treba.
Ne, ne treba.
l 2
(ja) Americka ambasada
(mi) na konzulat
Ne, ne treba.
209
vi (plural ) on ona
oni
Ne, ne dopada.
na prijatelj va muz
The items for the substitutions in the following drill are given in the
proper form. Each item is to be used in the question, and the appropriate form
of it also in the answer.
im njima
210
Ne, ne ivi.
Mom ocu se vie sviaju Zagreb i Koji gradovi se sviaju vaem ocu?
Ljubljana.
211
Dajte tu kafu mojoj sestri. Kome da dam ova kafu? IZa koga je
ova kafa?
A B
To je druga stvar. Kakvu kuu ima Ima vrlo lijepu i udobnu kuu.
vaa gospoa?
3amTO He cT8HyjeTe y Beorpa~y Beh Moja zeHa HMa Kyhy y CTapoj lla30BH.
y CTapoj lla30BH? 3aTo cTaHyjeMo TaMO.
To je ~pyra CTBap. KaKBY Kyhy HMa Rua BP~O ~eny H y~o6HY Kyhy.
Bama rocnol)a?
GD 10.4.2
212
nepJl:q,epHjH.
Moja ~eHa He BO~ Aa ZHBH y rpaAY.
GD 10.4.3
213
Kako se vama i gospoi Smit dopadaju Oni nam se jako dopadaju p I moja ~ena
A AonaAa JJH ce BeorpaA samoj rocno~R? ~a, &oj ce TaKo~e EeorpaA AonaAa
SPJlO liBoro.
KaKO ce BaMa B rocnO~B eKHT ~ona~aJY OHH HaK ce ~ona~aJY sp~o MBoro.
lleAH&e H Ton~HAepcKo 6PAO? MKoja zeBa H ja KHoro BOJIHKO
JY~OCJl8.BH jY.
214
21.5
UNIT II
Basic Sentences - Osnovne recenice
V l,
Whose monument is that? Cljr je ono spomenik?
/knezovi / RHe30BH
I
Thatis the Prince Michael T5 je spomenik Kneza
monument.
Mihaila. MHXaHJJ8..
building
across (with G)
216
museum muzej
I
That's the National Museum. T5 je N~rodnr muzej. T~ je HipOAHH 1 uY3ej.
... "
from where oda:kle
I ..
Where is your friend Oda:kle je va
I
OAaK~e je B~m np~jaTe~?#
from?
prijatelj?
.L l
He's from Split [in] On je iz Splita, iz H3
Dalmacia.
,
DalmacijE.
,
with us kod nas KOA Hac
.L I I .L I I
He1s coming to visit us On dolazi kod nas u OH AO~3Z KOA Hac y
(IHe1s coming to us on
a visiti), isn1t he?
noceTy,
217
,
Sunday, week nedjelja He.u;e.u.
,
today danas ~aHac
, # '
Yes, there is. Da, ima:. tla, HlIa.
, ,
how much, how many koliko KOJIHKO / RO..' 'IHKO
I J
There are several letters. Ima nekoliko pIsama. Rua HeKO~KO nHcaua.
,
for me za mene 3a MeHe
218
,
from my father od m~g(a) oca
I I I I
One is for me from home, Jedno Je za mene od Je~Ho je 3a MeHe O~ Kyha,
from my mother and
father.
kU~, od m6g(a) oca
i ~jke.
bogovi
Thank God, they are fine. Hvila Bogu, dobro su. xBiJla' Bo~Y , Ao6po ey.
sununer JIe TO
J. I
Theyire leaving Novi Sad Oni odlaze idue ORH OAJla3e HAYhe HeAe~e H3
next week on vacation.
nedjelje iz Novog
l
HOBO~ Ca~a
' I Ha JIeTOBaHe.
I
S~da na ljetova:nje.
who KO
219
I
Who is the other letter Od kg~ Je drugo
from?
pismo?
I.L I ' . l
The other letter is from Drugo plsmo je od naih ~pyro nBcMO je OA HamHX
our friends the
Jovanovi ts. I
prijat~lj~ JovanovII. npHjaT;~' JOS~HOBBha.
k I , , I " ,
TheyIre coming back from uni se vracaju preko- OHB ce spahajy npeKocYTpa
West Germany the day
after tomorrow. I .l
sutra iz Z!padne Ba 3anaAHe HeuaqKe.
Njemak~.
baggage
220
sa kolodvora?
~ I I .. J I l l
Do you know who can Da li znate ko ga ~a ~H ~HaTe KO MOEe ~a ra
bring it?
mbe donijeti?
l
Ask the desk clerk. PItajte portIra.
Grammatical Notes
On je iz Splita, iz Dalmacije.
The genitive singular ending for masculine and neuter nouns is I-a/. The
adjective ending is /-og/ (/-eg/) or /-oga/ (/-ega/). The genitive singular
ending for feminine /a/ nouns is /-e/, as is the adjective ending. Feminine /i/
nouns have /i/: /n5/ G. /noi/.
221
The genitive plural ending for neuter nouns is /-1/. A preceding vowel is
lengthened: /pIs!m!/. In this word the preceding vowel is moveable /a/. The
base of the word is /pis(a)ma/. The (a) is lost before all other endings:
/pismol G. /pisma/ D. /pismu/, etc. The genitive plural I-a/ lengthens the
preceding (a): Iptsarna/.
The genitive plural ending for masculine nouns is usually I-a/ but some
nouns have 1-1/. /-al lengthens the preceding vowel if it is not already long:
Iprljat~ljl/, !J5vra/. /-1/ has no effect on the preceding vowel.
The genitive plural ending for feminine Iii nouns is always I-II Inor/.
The ending for /al nouns may be /-a/ or /-1/: lm!jk!l, Isestir!/ (with moveable
lal), /nedelj!l, Istan!c!/, I-II being the more frequent.
a) On je iz Splita, iz Dalmacije.
Jedno je za mene od kue, od mog oca i majke.
222
Of the prepositions which are regularly followed by the genitive, the fo~
lowing have been used so far: /bllzul Inear', /dol lup to, as far as, next to'
(Ido vi~njal is lup to [that is, 'until'] seeing [again]'), lizi lout of, from',
Ikodl lat (the place of)' (e.g. Ikad kue/ lat home' Ikad ns/ 'at our house')
lodl 'from, away from', lokol labout, around l , Ipreko/ 'across' (the phrase
Ipreko putal is also followed by a genitive after the /puta/: 'across the road
from _ _ ').
The genitive is also used after certain words indicating quantity, such
as Ikoliko/ 'how mUCh, how many?', /nekolikol
'several . The examples are of
'
items in the plural, so the genitive plural is used. (See also Note 13.1 on the
use of the genitive plural after certain numerals.)
223
Pronoun Adjective
,
ovo ovaj ova ovo
, ,
ono onaj ona ono
t5 t~j t~ t5
Grammatical Drill
Pair Drill
l 2
Moj prijatelj je iz Splita, iz Dalmacije.
l 2
Zagreba Hrvatske
Kragujevca Srbije
v
Cikaga ....Amerike
Sarajeva ..Bosne
Skoplja Makedonije
224
Alternative Drill
,
Mi ne odlazimo sutra u posetu kod ~, vec kod brata.
brata majke
prijatelja sestre
Jovana Zore
Nike Banje
Alternative Drill
Plural - Mnozina
225
hleba vode
aja
aja vode
toplog aja
Moj prijatelj pije mnogo crnog vina. hladnog piva crne kafe
parkova
pozorita
/kazalita
226
soba
kafana
velikih muzeja
velikih pozorita
lepih soba
dobrih kafana
udobnih kua
ove subote
ove nedelje
idue subote
svake nedelje
svake noi
227
naeg pozorita
Narodnog pozorita
In this drill the nouns for substitution are given in the nominative form.
Each item listed for the substltution follows the pattern of the noun heading
the list.
Pair Drill
Dalmacija
Hrvatska . Zagreb
Srbija . Kragujevac
v
Amerika Cikago
Bosna . Sarajevo
Makedonija Skoplje
Alternative Drill
majke
otac
brat sestra
prijatelj Zora
228
Alternative Drill
Moja kua nije preko puta Narodnog muzeja, nego preko puta jedne kafane.
Engleski konzulat
Narodno pozorite
Tomine majke
Plural - Mnozina
naih majki
229
U kui ima ~
kaf'e
kaf'a
pivo voda
meso
aj
hleb /kruh
~
Ja ne pijem mnogo vina.
~ ~
pivo voda
aj
tople vode
230
hladne vode.
topal aj
hotel ulica
,
bioskop /kino kuca
park zgrada
trg
spomenik
pozorite /kazalite
porodica ovek
zena obitelj
dobrih ljudi
231
dobra kafana
lepa zgrada
velika ulica
lepa kua
dobro pozorite
velika soba
udoban krevet
veliki sto
udobna stolica
idua nedelja
ova subota
druga nedelja
idua subota
druga subota
druga nedelja
idua subota
232
vae sestre
vae sestre
vae sestre
Plural - Mnozina
va prijatelj
vaa sestra
In this drill the nouns for substitution are given in the nominative form
without any indication of the form which is to be used in the sentence. Use the
appropriate form and then give the negative transform. (The negative transform
is given if it is not completely predictable.)
233
Skoplje Jugoslavija
Ima pismo od ~.
gospoa Jovi
njen mu
Alternative Drill
Moj prijatelj ne stanuje preko puta Amerike ambasade nego preko puta Nemake
ambasade.
234
Plural - Mnoina
Alternative Drill
Moja zena nije u poseti kod mojih roditelja, nego kod njenih roditelja.
Ima vina.
Imamo ~.
235
kafa aj voda
pivo
hleb /kruh
pozorite spomenik
236
covek postelja
Koliko ja znam u ovoj kui nema nekoliko udobnih soba, ve samo jedna.
druga nedelja
idua subota
ova nedelja
druga subota
237
svaka nedelja
Americka ambasada
va~ hotel
zeleznicka stanica
na bioskop
Plural - Mnozina
nj ihova maj ka
238
Pair Drill
l 2
Odakle je va prijatelj? Iz Jugoslavije, iz Beograda.
On je iz Jugoslavije, iz Beograda.
l 2
Dalmacija Split
Hrvatska Zagreb
Srbija Kragujevac
v
Amerika Cikago
Bosna Sarajevo
Slovenija Ljubljana
Makedonija Skoplje
Zagreb
Sarajevo
Skoplje
Ljubljana
Slovenija
Hercegovina
Mostar
Od koga je pismo? Od ~.
Pismo je od oca.
239
majka
brat
sestra
gospoa Jovi
gospodin Jovi
gospoica Jovi
Ne pije mnogo.
pivo
kafa
aj
voda
Stara Pazova
Gornji Milanovac
Nika Banja
Gorski Kotar
Vrnjaka Banja
Crna Gora
240
moja majka
na otac i majka
Zorin brat
moja sestra
Narodno pozorite
Ameri~ka ambasada
Nema~kl konzulat
zeleznl~ka stanica
GD 11.4.3 Plural
naa majka
naa sestra
na sin
241
kafana
bioskop /kino
trg
pozorite /kazalite
dobra kafana
velika ulica
lep trg
sto
ogledalo /zrcalo
krevet /postelja
covek
zena
na prijatelj
naa sestra
Jovanov sin
nae zene
24-2
nai muzevi
nae majke
Pair Drill
l
Jeste (li) vi iz Jugoslavije? Jesam.
Nisam.
2
Jeste, ja sam iz Jugoslavije, iz Beograda.
Da li je va prijatelj iz Jeste.
Jugoslavije? Nije.
l 2
Hrvatska Zagreb
Slovenija Ljubljana
Srbija KragUjevac
Bosna Sarajevo
Hercegovina Mostar
Makedonija Skoplje
Alternative Drill
Ne, nema.
,
Ne, nema pismo od ~ vec od majke.
243
Substitution Drill
Ne, nema.
Ne, nemamo.
hleb
kafa
pivo
voda
~aj
Ne, ne pijU.
pivo
kafa
~aj
Ne, ne jedem.
hleb /kruh
244
Alternative Drill
Nisam.
Gornji Milanovac
Vrnjacka Banja
Generalski Stol
Crna Gora
Gorski Kotar
Nika Banja
Substitution Drill
va otac
moja majka
na brat
Jovanova sestra
Tomina porodica
Alternative Drill
245
Narodno pozorite
Engleska ambasada
Nema~ki konzulat
zelezni~ka stanica
Ne, nema.
hladna voda
belo vino
topla voda
crni hleb
telee meso
Nije.
Jeste, prtljag moga prijatelja je
vrlo tezak.
Ne, njegov prtljag nije tezak, ve
lak.
246
svaka subota
svaka nedelja
ova nedelja
ova subota
With Adjectives
Da li ima ovde dobrih hotela? Da, ima.
Ne, nema.
247
Jeste li vi iz Jugoslavije?
248
Ona zgrada preko puta spomenika je Koja je ono zgrada preko puta
Narodni muzej. spomenika?
Do nae kue (IDo nas) stanuje Ko stanuje do vae kue (Ido vas)?
g. Jovi.
Blizu naih kua ima jedan veliki Da li ima neki park blizu vaih kua?
park.
Ima pismo od mog oca iz Cikaga. Da li ima pote? lOd koga ima pismo?
Pismo nije od mog oca, ve od moje Zar pismo nije od vaeg ocal
majke.
Moji prijatelji odlaze ove nedelje Kad vai prijatelji odlaze na letovanje?
na letovanje.
,
Toma se vraa Sa letovanja idue Kad se Toma vraca sa letovanja?
nedelje.
11.6.1 A B
Cija je ono kua preko puta vae? To je kua moga prijatelja gospodina
Jovanovia.
Ova kua do vae takoer je jako U toj kua stanuje brat gospoe
lijepa. Ko stanuje u njoj? Jovanovi.
249
Ovo je jako lijep kraj grada. Jest. I moja ~ena i ja volimo nau
kuu j ako mnogo.
Sve kue u ovoj ulici su jako lijepe Da" ovdje je jako lijepo i prijatno.
i blizu parka.
Kao to vidite" mi imamo mali park oko
kue.
Da" vidim.
~ja je OHO Ryha npeRO DyTa Bame? To je Ryha Mo~a DpHjaTe~a rocnO~HHa
JOBaHOBHha.
Osa Ryha ~O same TaKo~e je sp~o ~ena. Y TOj Kyha cTaayje 6paT ~ocno~e
JOBaHOBoh.
Ro cTaHyje y HOJ?
OBO je BP~O ~en Kpaj ~pa~a. JeCTe. H Moja zeHa a ja BOAHUO Hamy
Kyhy BP~O MHoro.
Cse Kyhe y OBOj y~UH cy BP~O ~ene H ~a, OB~e je BP~O ~eno H npHjaTHO.
6JJH3Y napKa.
Kao mTO BH~HTe, KH HMaMO Ma~ napK
ORO Ryhe.
Aa, BH~HM.
GD 11.6.2
Kad se oni vrauju kui iz Oni se vraaju kui idue subote ili
Dubrovnika? nedjelje.
250
Ka~ ce OHH Bpahajy RyhH Ha ~y6poBHHKa? OHH ce Bpahajy RYhH HAyhe cy60Te H~
ueAe.lle.
GD 11.6.3
251
CnOMeHHKa HeMa MHoro, TO Beh BHAMU. HeMa y rpaAY, aAK HMa Ha Ka~eMerAaHY.
2. Make questions for the following sentences. Question words are given in
parentheses. Give a negative answer to each question wherever possible.
252
253
UNIT 12
Basic Sentences - Osnove re~enice
What relatives (Iwhom') Koga lma'va prijatelj? Kora ~Ila' npuja Te.()?#
BaU!
does your friend have?
,
to call zvati, zovem 3saTH, 30seu
, J
he is called (rhe bn se zove OH ce 30se
calls himself')
l
Whatrs his name? Kako se bn zove? RaKO ce OB
J
3~se?#
B
l , ,
His name is Marko Savi. On se zove rdrko Savic. ~B ce 30Be MaPKO CaBHh.
or,
254
I , I I ... I , l
Do you know anyone of his Da li poznajete nekoga Aa ~ noaHajeTe HeKO~ OA
family (Isomeone of hisl)?
od njegovIh? ~~osii:x?#
B
l
I . l
Aa, n03HajeM OASSKO HerOSor
I
' 'l
for a long time. njegovog brata i 6paTS H cecTpy.
sestru.
A
I
And do you know his wife? A poznaj~te li
njegovu zenu?
her H:>y
I
Yes, I know her, too. Da, p~najem i njU. Aa, n~3HajeM'~ ~.
them njIh, ih lLHX, HX
l ..
I know them all. Pozna:j~m ih sve.
l l l
His wife knows you. Herosa *eHa n03Hsje ssc.
I
vas.
255
I ' l
I don't know anyone of them. Ne pbznajem nikoga od He n03HajeK HHKora OA ~x.
here tu
Ty
I " I l ,
There is a man here, Th je jedan ovjek, Ty je jeAaH ~oBeK, rocno~o.
ma'am.
gospoo.
I J. I
He's looking for Mr. Smith. Tr~zI gospbdina Srni ta. TpaEH rocnOAHHa CMHTa.
I I I I
Good afternoon, maram. Dobar d~n, gospoo. J,l.o6ap AaH, rocno~o.
I I I I
Good afternoon, sir. Dobar d~n, gospodine. JJ.o6ap AaH, rocnOAHHe.
but
V, I I # J. J " I
l'm sorry, my husband Zao mi je, ali moj Eao MH j e, a~H MOJ MY~ HHje
isn1t at home. He l s I
still at the office. mU nije kod kUe. K~A Kyhe. Jom jely
Jo jelu Uredu.
I
I I l l
What time does he come U koliko sati on y KOJIHKO caTH OH AOJIa3H
home? I
#
dolazi kui? KyhH?
point of arrival
sacekam
or, priekati, da
priekam
257
beautiful in your
country (rwith your)? v!s UVijeklovako - 'ayael< oaaRO
aac I
lijepo? " #
~eno?
~j I _ _ _
the most beautiful Ha ~enmM, -a, -e
godinje doba.
,
pertaining to spring proljetnjI, -e -~, npOAeTHH, -a, -8
/proljenjI, -a, -e /npoAehHM, -a, -5
/proljetnI, -a, -o /npOAeTHM, -a, -5
,
fresh, cool sVje~, sVje~a caeE, -a, -e
/svje~a, -e
Grammatical Notes
/s!na/, /brata/, /gospodina/ are all forms identical with the genitive but
occurring as direct objects of verbs, parallel with the accusatives /~enu/ and
/sestru/. All three nouns are masculine and share a particular feature: they
refer to animate (living) beings. The masculine nouns which have the accusative
the same as the nominative (as /gr~d/, /hotel/, /bioskop/, /jezik/) refer to
objects in themselves inanimate. (Parts of living beings, such as /jezik/
'tongue' are not classified as animate.) Only beings which have animal life are
classified as animate. Trees and other plants are treated as inanimate.
258
Animate Inanimate
/d~nu /grifdu
Most of the pronouns have the same forms for accusative and genitive. This
is not so apparent as with the nouns, as the most frequent forms used are in
general different for the two. Compare:
Personal Pronouns
~
,
N j~ tl on, ona
,
A mene me tebe tE. njega ga nJU je, ju
, ,
G mene me tebe te njega ga nj~ je
, ,
N ml vl oni, one, ona
, ,
A nas nas vas vas ih
, ,
G nas nas vas vas njIh ih
The feminine InjU, ju/ are the only forms not identical with the genitive.
(/ju/ is given here for the sake of completeness. For its use see Note 17.1.2).
259
As the object of verbs, the unstressed forms of the accusative are far
more frequent than the stressed, as in most cases there is no emphasis on the
pronoun object. After prepositions which take the accusative (such as /za/) the
long form is normal (Iza menel). The genitive is most frequently used after
prepositions (such as 10d/), and the stressed form is normal there, also. Ex-
amples of stressed accusative (njUl) and of unstressed genitive (/jel in
/se~am je sei) are given above. They are normal forms in normal use. (Note the
use of the genitive as the direct object of Iseati sei Ito remember'.)
Other pronouns
N ko neko n1ko t5 ta
Words such as /t~jl 'that J /m5jl tmy', etc. follow the pattern of the noun
they modify. NA /moj hoteli but AG /moga prijatelja/. They are pronominal
adjectives and are given separate treatment in the notes.
These examples are from the Grammatical Drill. The different forms of
nominative and accusative make possible both word orders: Subject - Verb -
Object /andl Object - Verb - SUbject. The latter order is used for emphasis OI'
260
l 2 3 4 5
li sam mi me je
si ti te se
smo mu ga
ste joj je/ju
su nam nas
vam vas
im ih
Grammatical Drill
261
Popovi
Stressed Forms:
ti on ona mi vi oni
Seaju ~ se. vi
Ne seaju me se. oni
262
Noun-Pronoun Drill
Make the indicated substitutions, using the correct form of the pronoun.
Stressed Forms:
v
Ima jedno pismo za ~ J iz Cikaga. ti
Nema nijedno pismo za ~J iz Cikaga. on
263
264
Jedan ovek eka gospou i gospodina Gospou i gospodina Smita eka jedan
Srni ta. ovek.
Jedan ovek eka vaeg brata. Vaeg brata eka jedan ovek.
Jedan ovek eka vaeg oca i majku. Vaeg oca i majku eka jedan ovek.
Jedan ovek eka vasu sestru i brata. Vau sestru i brata eka jedan ovek.
266
moj brat Toma moj muz moj otac gospodin i gospoda Savi
Jovan Zora
vi i va otac Jovan i Toma
Ko stanuje do vas?
Ko stanuje preko puta vas?
Ko sedi u pozoritu do ~.
ti on ona mi vi oni
267
v
Koga cekaju vai prijatelji g. i g-a Cekaju ~.
268
269
,
Da li me se seate? Da, secam vas se.
,
Ne, ne secam vas se.
Naravno, seam vas se vrlo dobro.
ao mi je, ali ne seam vas se.
on ona mi oni
Jovan
Zora
Jovan i Zora
The above drills may be repeated using the following pattern and making the
necessaryadaptations:
Ima li Jovan koga u Jugoslaviji?
270
Kod njih su noi uvek sveze. Da li su kod njih noi uvek sveze?
Kod nas cesto pada kia. Da li kod vas cesto pada kia?
A B
Kako se zove njegova ena? Zovu je Zora, ali njeno ime je Zorka.
271
~aKO ce 30se HerOsa xeRa? 30BY je 30pa, aJIH HeHO Hue je 30plCa.
GD 12.5.2
272
GD 12.5.3
ne putujete?
Koga vi cekate?
273
Seam se dobro i
----- i (va otac
---- va brat)
Ne seamo (on)
----- se.
274
275
UNIT 13
Basic Sentences - Osnovne recenice
I
We1re going to the movies Veeras idemo u kIno.
this evening.
,
_I
to be giving d~vati, d~jem ,naaaTH, ,lI,ajeM
I I J
A Yugoslav picture is Daje se jedan jugo- ~aje ce je,ll,aH jyro-
being shown (IgivenI). , I , " tf'BJIII.
slavenskI film. CJIOaeHCKH
ticket ulaznica
... I I, I #
How much does the Koliko kota ulaznica? KOJIHKO KOillTa y~3HH~?
ticket cost?
I, I #
or, Koliko stoj i ulaznica? KOJJHKO cTaja y~3HH~a?
276
with s / sa e, ea
,
with us s nama e HaMa
,, ,#
BP~O p~~o~ ~~H
I
lid be glad to, but I Hocu j~ko rado, ali X6hY Tpe6a
need some Yugoslav money.
MH H~mTo jyrOe~~BeHeKrl
slavenskog n5vca. HOB~a.
I
Can you change five Da li mi moete ~a ~ Mo*eTe Aa MH
dollars into dinars I
for me? promijeniti p~t npOKeHHTeln~T ~6~8pa
dolara u dinare? y ~~Hape?#
277
poza:jmIm nOBaJMQ
J
or, posUditi, da nocYAHTR, Aa OOCYAHK
postIdIm
tisue dina:ra:?
XR...,._ . ' ?#
ARKipa
A
,
that big tolik!, -a, -5 TOJIBKH, -a, -o
ever
,
whatever KaKO :rOA
I
Yes, I can. I have Jest, mOfu. Toliko iJ,.&, )'(01"'y.
that many (rdinars l ).
dinara imam.
or~
begin
I
C~THI n~~HHe
I
What time does the movie U koliko sati po~inJe y KO.1lHKO
start? #
k:fno? 6aocKon?
,
eight osam ocaK
~ I I, " t'
The movie starts at eight. Klno po~inje u osam. EHocKon nO~HHe y ocaK.
279
I I I
First, I have to go to Prvo m5ram btii u llpso Tpe6a Aa OAeK Y
the embassy to report I
for duty. ambas~du, da se aK6aciAY! Aa ce j;SHK
A
I ,
J I
You have plenty of time. Dnate dovoljno HMaT8 A08~O 8peK8sa
..
vremena.
Grammatical Notes
280
The numeral l is an adjective and agrees with the noun - Ijedan filmi,
ljedno vinoi, ljedno prvol, Ijednu kaful, Ijednog srna/. All numbers ending in
Ijedani are followed by the singular form of the noun (if there is asingular).
rOne mani is Ijedan ovek/. The next number ending in Ijedani is I twenty-one I
so 'twenty-one meni is Idv~deset i jedan ovek/. Any number ending in ljedanl,
no matter how high, has the same pattern: Ihiljadu i jedan ovekl 11001 meni,
Ihl1jadu i jedna nhl 11001 nightsl. The noun may, of course, be in any case,
and the case of Ijedani is determined by that of the noun it modifies: lod
jednog oveka/ Ifrom one mani (genitive), Ivldeo sam hiljadu i jednog ovekal
II saw 1001 men' (accusative). If the noun has only a plural form, as Ikolal
Icar l (neuter plural), /jedan/ agrees with it: ljedna kolal 'a carl and a verb
used with it is also plural. (/jedanl may also be used in the plural in the
sense of 'individual (so-and-sos), certain onesl, I(one and) the same'.)
The number two has two forms: Idv~/, used before masculine and neuter
nouns (or to refer to them), and Idv~1 (/dvlje/) used with feminine nouns (or to
refer to them). The form of the noun (and modifying adjectives) is according
to the following pattern:
281
,
dva oveka dv~ ogledala
, ,
dva. stara oveka dv~ velika ogledala
The ending on feminine /a/ nouns is a short l-el. The agreeing adjective has
the same ending. Feminine /i/ nouns have /-i/. The ending on masculine and
neuter nouns, and accompanying adjectives, is /-a/. For convenience we may call
this ending the 'dual'. Contrast the dual and the genitive singular endings:
Genitive -og -a -e -e -e -i
Dual -a -a -e -e -e -i
The dual endings are used after /dv~/, /dv~/, ItrI/, /C~tiri/ or any
number ending in one of these. '~
They are also used after Idva-trl/, "
/dve-tri/
'a couple; two or three', as well as lobal f. lobel (or lobadvI, /obadvel -
/obadvije/) Iboth'. For example, Isto i etiri oveka/ 1104 men'.
, . ~
Any number not ending in Ijedan/, /dva/, Idve/, Itrij, /Cetiri/ is followed
~
282
Note the use of Ipol in Ipo jedno vinoi. This particle has a distribu-
tive meaning: Ione [serving of] wine for each [of usl'.
Although /dv~/, /dv~/ (/dvlje/) and /trI/ are usually invariable, occasional
use is made of older case forms. Genitive forms are /dv~ju/ (m., n.) Idv~ju/
(/dvlju/) f.) and /trlju/. An example occurs in Unit 22: /Videli smo sudar
dvaju kola.1 'we saw the collision of two carsl. Of other forms /dv~mal
(/dvj~ma/, f.), /ob~ma/ (/obj~ma/) and /trlma/ are sometimes found. These are
both dative and instrumental (see Note 15.1). /dv~ma/ must be used in the
sentence /Ja sam predao pismo dvema enama/ II gave the letter to two women.
(indirect object). It is optional in /Dete se igralo sa dvema loptama/ 'the
child was playing with two balls l (with prepositlon Isaf). More common is
IDete se igralo sa dve lopte/.
Note the adjective /nijedan/ Inat one, not a single'. Compare /ko/ Iwho',
/nlko/ Ino one l , /ta/ Iwhat l , /nlta/ -nothing'.
The verb /imati/ has two usages of the present tense forms /im~/ and
/imaju/. They may be used as Ihas, havel, as in the has a wife and son l or as
Ithere is, there are l as Itherels also a [cup of] tea, siri.
The noun (or nouns) associated with /ima/ Ithere is, there are' is usually
the subject of /ima/. Collective sUbjects (including numerals /p~t/ on) are
usually used with /ima/, though the reference is to a p1urality of objects. For
more detail see Note 23.1.1.
The verbs /hOu/ II willi and /mogu/ II can l are the only verbs in Serbo-
Croatian which have l-ul for III. They are also different (from each other as
well) in the third person plural:
', ,
hou hocemo mogu mozemo
',
hoe hocete moze moete
..
hoe hoe moe mogu
284
The verb /hOu/ is used in the sense of Iwill, want', as well as 'will l
for future (discussed in Note 19.1).
Without Adjectives
Jovan ima samo dva brata. (sestra) Jovan ima samo dve sestre.
Kua ima samo dva stola. (soba)
Soba ima samo dva kreveta. (stolica)
Grad ima samo dva restorana. (kafana)
Grad ima samo dva trga. (ulica)
Kua ima samo dva kupatila. (kancelarija)
Jo samo dva oveka ekaju. (ena)
Toma ima dva hotela. (kua)
Moj prijatelj ima dva brata. (sestra) Moj prijatelj nema dva brata,
ve dve sestre.
Naa soba ima dva stola. (stolica)
Kua ima dva kreveta. (soba)
Grad ima dva parka. (kafana)
Kua ima dva kupatila. (kancelarija)
Dva uveka cekaju. (ena)
In the following drill make all 2 sUbstitutions, using /dve/ when re-
qUired, then repeat the drill with the 1 substitutions.
1 2 1 2
Jovan ima dva ~. tri dolar ogledalo sestra
cetiri prijatelj kupatilo stolica
dinar pismo soba
sto kancelarija
,
krevet kuca
1 2 1 2
Na grad ima ~ hotela. tri hotel kafana
(}etlri spomenik ulica
dvadeset dva park kua
trideset tri trg kazalite
pedeset cetiri restoran pozorite
sto (}etiri muzej
dvesta dva
With Adjectives
Repeat each sentence using the number indicated with the underlined ad-
jective noun phrase.
Moja kua je blizu jednog velikog dva Moja kua je blizu dva velika
parka. parka.
Soba ima jedan udoban krevet. tri Soba ima tri udobna kreveta.
Ima pismo od rnog starog prijatelja. dva Ima pismo od moja dva stara
prijatelja.
Moja kua irna samo jednu veliku (}etiri Moja kua irna cetiri velike i
i lepu sobu. lepe sobe.
U sobi irna jedna udobna stolica. dve U sobi imaju dve udobne stolice
Grad irna jednu veliku ulicu. dve Grad ima dve velike ulice.
Grad irna Jedan veliki i lep hotel. dva Grad ima dva velika i lepa
hotela.
Sutra idemo u posetu kod Jednog dva Sutra idemo u posetu kod dva
starog prijatelja. stara prijatelja.
286
Repeat the above drill with negative transform, according to the model:
Moja kua je blizu jednog velikog Moja kua nije blizu jednog ve blizu
parka. dva velika parka.
l 2
tri dobar hotel dobra kafana
cetiri lepo pozorite velika i lepa ulica
veliki trg nova zeleznicka stanica
lep park mala, ali cista ulica
dobar restoran mala zeleznieka stanica
lep i veliki muzej
lep i veliki spomenik
l 2
tri eist i udoban krevet eisto kupatilo
cetiri udobna soba vrlo lepa i velika kua
lepo i veliko ogledalo prljava i neudobna soba
mala i neudobna stolica lepa i udobna stolica
287
Substitute the numbers at the right of each sentence for those underlined.
l Naa kua ima jednu sobu. U naoj kui ima jedna velika soba.
,
2 Naa kua ima dve velike sobe. U naoj kuci imajU dve velike sobe.
,
3 Naa kuca ima pet velikih soba. U naoj kui ima pet velikih soba.
l
Ikako koje/ 'depending on what kind it is' (Ihow whichl).
288
289
l 2
pozorite trg tri sedam
park bioskop /kino cetiri devet
muzej kafana /kavana pet jedanaest
spomenik stanica est cetrnaest
zgrada ulica osa.m
pet
Ko stanuje u ovoj kui? U ovoj kui stanuje jedna mala est
porodica. osam
U ovoj kui niko ne stanuje.
290
l 2
dobar hotel lep spomenik tri devet
lep trg dobra kafana pet cetiri
dobar bioskop lepa ulica
Da li neko stanuje u ovoj zgradi? Da, stanuju dve velike porodice. tri
Ne, niko ne stanuje u toj est
zgradi. cetiri
deset
Da li to neko trai gospodina Da, trae ga dva coveka.
Smita? Ne, ne trai ga niko.
291
292
Dva coveka cekaju g. Srni ta. Da li neko (Ikoi) ceka gospodina Smita?
U ovoj kui stanuju tri porodice. Koliko p0rodica stanuje u ovoj kui?
U sobi imaju dva kreveta i dve Koliko kreveta i stolica irna u sobi?
stolice.
A B
293
GD 13.6.2
Da li ste slobodni veceras? Jesam. Za~to pitate?
GD 13.6.3
ujem da va prijatelj trai kuu. Da
li je to istina? Da, tako je.
Koliko soba mu treba? Trebaju mu etiri sobe.
U kom dijelu grada on zeli stanovati? On zeli stanovati na Topciderskom
brdu ili Dedinju.
Ima jedna kua sa pet lijepih, Gdje je ta kua?
velikih soba, ali nije u tom dijelu.
Ta kua je na Avalskom putu. Da li neko stanuje u toj kui?
Ne, ne stanuje niko. Kua je nova. Vrlo dobro. To je kua za mog
prijatelja. Ima li kua kupaonu~
Da, ima dve velike i lijepe kupaone. Koji Je broj te kue?
Ta kua je na Avalskom puta br. 42.
Koliko va prijatelj zeli da plati On moze da plati do 70.000 dinara
mjeseno za kuu? mjeseno. Vie ne.
l. Fill the blanks in 1-6 with the proper form of the items listed to the right
of each sentence. In 7-10 fill the blanks with the proper item of those listed
to the right of each sentence.
2. Answer these questions using the numbers and numbers and nouns listed to
the right of each sentence.
6. Ko me 'eka? (2 - ena)
,
7. Ko stanuje u ovoj kuci? (5 - velika porodica)
UNIT 14
J
children djeca
I
Do you have any children? fmate li djece?
kcerI
Yes, I have two children, Da, Imam dv~ djeteta, ~a, ~KaM .AS; .A~TeT:, ciRa'
a son and a daughter. I
sIna i k~r. H Khep.
l' ~ l
My son is five years old, SIn ima p~t godina, CRH RMa neT rO.AHHa, a KhH
and my daughter two.
a ki dvije. -
,lJ;se.
297
A
l
I have brothers and hnam brau 1 sestre u
sisters in America.
Americi. AVepHQH.
I
I have no one here. Ovdje n~mam nikoga.
two' sisters.
sestre.
How long does it take a Kbliko vremena pttuje RO~RO Bp~MeHa n;Tyje n~CKO'
letter to come from I I '
America to Belgrade? pIsmo od Amerike do O~ AuepHRe ~O Beo~pa~a?#
Beograda?
J I J
I get a letter from [my] Ja prImim pismo od Ja ~o6ajeM nacMO O~
parents in Michigan I
('out of the state of roditelj iz d~ave pOAHTe~a H3 APEaSe
M.I) in three or four I
M~~~~aHI3a Tp~-~eTHpH
I
d~na. AaHa.
l I
However, thatis not always Istina, t5 nije uvijek. MCTURa, TO Huje yseR.
[the case].
299
days.
d~na.
ljeti.
300
Grammatical Notes
Imate li dece?
Da, imam dva deteta, sina i ker.
Koliko godina imaju vaa deca?
/kI/ is a feminine /i/ noun, of the same general type as /n5/. The
nominative singular is irregular. The other forms have the stem /ker-/.
Compare:
301
~ Eh. ~ El:.
N ki keri ' ,
n~c noi
A k~r "
kceri n~ noi
,, ,
G "
kceri "
kcer! noci noe!
", ,,
D keri '"
kcerima noci noe ima
The collective numerals are used a) with plurals of feminine singular form.
The noun is in the genitive:
/dV~/, Itrij, /etiri/ may be used (with the dual) instead of /dv6je/,
/troje/, /c~tvoro/, but for numbers of persons (ending in) five and up the co1-
lectives must be used:
Optional: dvoje dece dv~ deteta
troje brace tr! brata
etvoro tel&dI cetiri teleta
302
These adjectives are regularly used for 2, 3, 4, but their use is optional for
five on:
wedding partyi. The use of the adjective /dvoji/ is qUite rare but occurs, as
given above, with this plural. There are two genitive plurals, /sv~ta/ lof
wedding guests l and /svat5va/ lof wedding partiesl. We may have:
Note the use of the genitive after /p~t/ but the use of the nominative plural
with the numerical adjectives.
The forms of the collective numerals and those of the numerical adjectives
sometimes coincide, but they must not be confused. Contrast:
Grammatical Drill
303
Type Sentences
Substitution Drill
The following type sentences are to be drilled first. They set the pattern
for the sentences which follow and are for substitution drill. The adjective
numeral /jedan/ is used in the first type sentence for contrast, though it is
not drilled in the substitution sentences.
304
Substitution Drill:
Moji prijatelji imaju dva deteta. Moji prijatelji imaju dvoje dece.
305
Vai srodnici cekaju kod kue. Vaa deca cekaju kod kue.
Dajte ovo pismo mojim sestrama. Dajte ovo pismo mojoj deci.
moje sestre moja deca
moji srodnici vaa braa
vae keri ta gospoda
306
elim da vidim sutra vae sestre. elim da vidim sutra vau decu.
vae sestre vaa deca
moji srodnici Jovanova braa
Zorini roditelji ta gospoda
moji veliki prijatelji Zorina deca
nai ocevi ta velika gospoda
307
,
Mojim kcerima ne
Mojim kerima je
Mojim kerima je
Jovan treba da saeka svoje srodnike na eleznikoj stanici. neka stara gospoda
nai stari roditelj
svoja braa
vai sinovi
Jovana i Zoru eka jedno dete. Jovana i Zoru ekaju neka deca.
U sobi je va brat.
U ovu kuu dolazi svako vece neki gospodin.
Trai vas Tomino dete, gospodine Joviu.
U ovoj kui stanuje jedan gospodin.
308
Ima za vas pismo od jednog starog Ima za vas pismo od neke stare
gospodina iz Jugoslavije. gospode, iz Jugoslavije.
Kaite tom detetu da mi se javi kui. Kaite toj deci da mi se jave kui
Dajte ovo pismo mom bratu.
Javite tom gospodinu da doe u ambasadu
u deset sati pre podne.
Jovanovom detetu je ve dobro.
Zorinom bratu jo nije dobro.
Tom starom gospodinu je hladno.
309
Substitute: brat
ki
u kojoj kui stanuju ova mala deca? Ona stanuju u treoj kui od nae.
Ta mala deca stanuju u treoj kui od
nae.
Jovanova braa Ne znam gde stanuju ta mala deca.
ta stara gospoda
Zorine keri
310
Sin ima pet godina, a ki dve. Koliko godina imaju vaa deca?
311
Dajte ovo pismo jednom od moje brae. Kome da dam ovo pismo?
A B
312
A KO~HKO ,lI,eue HMS Bam ,n,pyrH OpaT? OH HMS neTOpo ,n,eue. 3a Bera MH Tpe6ajy
Ase BeJIHKe co6e
,n,e ue je MaJrO.
ne,n,eceT ,lI,YiHap9..
GD 14.6.2
La Jl'H cy ,lI,eUQ KOA Ky1e, AHS? CaMO je Bama KhH KO,lI, Ky1e, rOcnO,lI,HHe.
313
GD 14.6.3
Koliko djece imaju njegovi roditelji? est sinova i mislim dvije ili tri
,
keri. Moj prijatelj je sedmo d)jete
svojih roditelja.
v
Sta radi va prijatelj? On je poslovan ovjek. On i njegov brat
putuju kroz Evropu.
'ora OH HW8?
OH je MOjHX pOtJ,HHa.
314
315
UNIT 15
on Sunday, Sundays
I I , I .. J " ,
What do you do Sundays ta radite nedjelj5m mTa pa~HTe He~e~OK B
and holidays? #
i bl~gdanom? np&3HHKOW:?
,
(name of a mountain) Fruk~ gora tPpymKa ropa
316
I
e j~AHHK np~jaTe~eK'
I ,
With a friend and his wife. S jednim prijateljem H
HerOBOK xceHOIl.
I I I l l
Do you go to the office Da li idete u ured ~a JJH RAeTe y KaHueJIapHjy
by car or by trolley- , r , , ' #
bus? kolima ili KOJIHVa H~ TpoJIej6ycou?
trolijbusom?
B
317
tramvajem.
,,
fortune, good luck sreca cpeha
Dedinje Boulevard
ulic~m.
318
Why don1t you use public Zato ne koristite 3~mTO ce He e~ZHTe ~;mhe'
('cityi) transportation I I J
(means) more often? ~ee gradska ~pa~eKHK npeS03HHK
I I I
K~JIa ,
Because I have a car and Zbog tog~ to imam 3aTo mTO HMaM B
use that. , I J
auto i slUim se eJIYJl:aK ce (ea) JilHwa.
njIme.
I l I I I I
How is public (Icity') Kako je ureen gradski KaKo je ype~eH ~paAeKH
transportation organized?
pr6met? ea06pahaj?
to grow, to be growing
319
of course .zr.a60ue
Sunday nedjelja
Monday ponedjeljak, G. ponedjeljka,
pl. ponedjeljci, Gpl. nOHe.Ae~D;H,
ponedjeljaka nOH~.Ae.ll8.Ka
or nOHe~e..amc
320
Grammatical Notes
Masculine and neuter nouns have the ending l-oml or, after palatals, I-eml
in the singular. The /01 or /el is short. The plural ending is l-imal. Com-
pare:
Sg. Non-palatal
m. n.
N praznik gospodin trolejbus voz bulevar brdo
I praznikom gospodinom trolejbusom vozom bulevarom brdom
Palatal
m. n.
N prijatelj tramvaj saobraaj Dedinje
I prijateljem tramvajem saobraajem Dedinjem
Pl.
N prijatelji kola sredstvo
I prijateljima kolima sredstvima
One masculine noun in the sentences above has two different forms for the
instrumental, Iputeml and Iputom/. Iputeml is used when the instrumental is
used independently) Iputoml is used when it is preceded by a preposition (as
Isa pUtoml). (See below on usage.)
The adjective ending is the same singular or plural, masculine and neuter:
I-irni ( I-irni when adjective is not under primary stress).
321
Compare:
Sg.
N jedan Topciderski Dedinjski gradski
I jednim Topciderskim Dedinjskim gradskim
Pl.
N nai gradski prevozni
I naim gradskim prevoznim
Feminine a-nouns have l-oml (-I-om/) in the singular, /-ama/ in the plural.
The adjective has I-om/ (-/-om/) in the singular, /-Im/ (-/-im/) in the plural.
Sg.
N zena nedelja gospoa ulica
I enom nedeljom gospoom ulicom
Pl.
N zene nedelje gospoe ulica
I z enama nedeljama gospoama ulicama
Feminine i-nouns are not illustrated. The endings are /-ju/, /-u/ or
/-i/ in the singular, /-ima/ in the plural. /-ju/ is the regular ending, as
/k~rju/. /u/ may occur after palatals, as /nou/ and occasionally after Iri.
/i/ is also sometimes used:/keri/, Istvri/. When the noun is used adverbially
as /nou/ Iby night', the ending is regularly /-u/. /-t-ju/ becomes /-u/
as /dunost/, /dunou/ (see below for /s/>//.
The instrumental case endings for adjectives and nouns may be summarized:
Zato to imam kola i sluzim se (sa) njima. Zbog toga to imam auto i
S kim idete u pozorite? sluzim se njime.
The instrumental case forms of the pronouns are recognizably the same as
noun of adjective endings (compare l-imal and I-Irni above) but must be listed.
322
Personal Pronouns
Demonstrative Pronouns
Interrogative Pronouns
who what
N ko ta / to
323
15.4 below.) Other prepositions which may precede the instrumental are /nad/
'above', /pred/ lin front of', /pod/ 'underneath l , /za/ 'behind', /meu/ 'be-
tween, among'. Used with the instrumental each of these indicates place where,
not place to which. The accusative .is used for place to which. (Compare the
use of dative for place where and accusative for place to which with /u/, /na/,
etc.)
The preposition /s/ - /sa/ followed by the genitive case indicates 'out
of (a vehicle), down from, off (a horse, plane)l. The basic meaning is direc-
tion down from a spot on which one is (off and down from). It is therefore used
of getting off a horse, off a wagon (and so off a plane or out of a car). It
is used of coming down from a place on a hill or off the roof of a house. As
the basic meaning of /stanica/ is the place, rather than the bUilding, it is
something one gets off of.
The form /sa/ is used before words beginning with /s/, /z/, //, /z/ and
before words beginning with certain groups of two or more consonants, as /sa
mnom/ Iwith mei. Otherwise, either /s/ or /sa/ may be used.
Grammatical Drills
324
Alternative Drill
Substitution Drill
325
Alternative Drill
mojom keri
naom kerju
326
Alternative Drill
327
Alternative Drill
Substitution Drill
328
The adjective for the negative answer is given in parenthesis for each item.
Alternative Drill
329
voz / vlak
autobus
tramvaj
Jovanovi sinovi
Markove keri
nai ocevi
nae majke
ovi ljudi
330
brat deca ki
otac prijatelj gospodin Jovi
zena braa sestra
gospoica Smit
331
332
Use the instrumental of one or more of the nouns on the right to answer
each of the questions on the left.
333
Alternative Drill
Da li putujete uvek u Zagreb vozom? Da" putujem.
Ne" ne putujem.
Da" putujem uvek u Zagreb ~ .
Ne" ne putujem uvek vozom.
avion autobus
kola automobil
utorak sreda
oetvrtak petak
334
Da li idete u grad Avalskim putem? Da, obino idem u grad Avalskim putem.
Ne, retko kad idem u grad Avalskim
putem.
Da, cesto puta idem u grad Avalskim
putem.
Ne, ne idem u grad Avalskim putem.
Ne, nikad ne idem u grad Avalskim
putem.
The adjective for the negative answer is given in parentheses for each
item.
335
336
On putuje ce~e kolima nego avionom. Da li on putuje cee kolima ili avionom?
337
Oni su jako dobri i prijatni ljudi. Da, znam. Svi nai prijatelji to
kazuo
Mi idemo cesto kod njih i oni dolaze To je jako lijepo. Meri i ja zelimo
kod nas. da se upoznamo s njima.
Ne, i mi i nai prijatelji volimo Ako je tako, onda u redu. Gdje idete
drutvo. na izlet?
0HH cy SPAO Ao6pe H npHjaTHH ~Y~H. na, 3Hau. CBH HaWH npHjaTe~H TO Ka~y.
l /ostati
, / Ito stay., / ostajati,
' ,
ostajem/ Ito be stayingI
338
MUTpOsHQe.
GD 15.5.2
Da li se sluzite autom kad putujete? Da" mnogo vie autom nego vlakom.
Hoete li negdje putovati? Da" treba putovati za Ni" a ne znam
kakva je cesta.
Cesta do Nia je dobra. Mozete Jako dobro. Hvala vam na obavjetenju.
putovati autom.
Nema na cemu.
Aa, nYTyjeK.
Jla JIH ce e~.HTe KO~Ma RaA nYTyjeTe? ,lJ.a, IIBoro BBme ROJIHKa aero BoaOK.
lJ.a JIH XOheTe Ber,lle Aa nYTyjeTe? Aa, Tpe6a ,lla nYTyjeK Y HHm, a ae aaaK
KaRaB je nyT.
HeMa Ha 'IeMy.
340
GD 15.5.3
Gdje stanujete? Stanujem na Dedinju.
r.n:e cTaHyjeTe?
341
GD 15.6.2 Write out another set of questions with Ida li/ and give negative
long answers.
342
UNIT 16
A
I I
Why are you going by Zato putujete vl~kom, 3amTo nYTyjeTe B030M, a He
train and not by car , I , #
gentlemen)? a ne autom gospodo? KOJIHIla rocno~o?
I
The autoput to Skopje is Autoput do Skoplja je
finished.
gotov. rOTOB.
safer sigurnije
,
Because I think it is Jer mislIm, da je Jep MHC~iu, ~a je cHrypHHje
safer to go by train , .. I
than by car. It's still sigurnije putovati nyToBaTH B030M l Hero
winter. I
vlakom nego autom. KOJUUla. Jom je I 3Blla. -
l
Jo je zfma.
A
I j
What train are you going Kojim vlakom putuj~te, KOjHIl B030M nyTyjeTe,
by, the international, or I
the Yugoslav express? ekspresom ili b~z!m? :KcnpecoM II HJU! 6P3HM
B~30M?#
343
B
I
(Weire going) by the Putujemo bf.zIm.
Yugoslav express.
, -
to take, get uzeti, da uzmem yaeTH, .na yaMell
, # l ,
We must take a taxi to T5mo, m5ramo uzeti TOKO, MopaMO yaeTH TaRCH
the station, Tom. I ,
taksi do kolodvora. 11.0 cTaHHn;e.
I I
Ilm afraid we might be BojIm se da ne BOjHM ce Aa He a~,lJ,O~HMO.
late.
zakasnImo.
e
I # TPH xH~Ae ocaM l'
Here you are, three thou- Izvolte, trI tisue HaB~~Te,
'I
344
za Skoplje. Cxon.l)e.
compartment xyne
possible mogue
prOzora.
D
I
Yes, sir. Molim, gospodine. MO~HM, ~ocnOAHHe.
I _ I
In the First-Class Waiting U ekaoni prvog rzreda Y ~eKaOHH~H npse K~ce
Room (eka6na) (~;KaOHHua)
345
E
" .,.
hour s.t G pl. stt! caT, caTH
or, Ura (Cr.)
.. ..
or, eas pl. ea:sovi 'lac, '1aCOBH
I
It leaves at 6:20 P.M. Polazi u 18 sttI i n~~3H y 18 '1~coBaIH 20
2b minUta. MHHyTa.
E
...
T&'1aH, Ta'lBa, -o
"
exact, correct tocan, tocna, -o
A
.. ...
to buy kUpiti, da kUpIm KynHTH, Aa KynHM
, ,
departure polazak, polaska, nO~3&R, nOJIaCKa,
,
pl. polasci noJI8.C~
polaska vItka?
nOJIacKa B03a?
"#
346
Note: The spelling Skopje is based on the Macedonian pronunciation of the word.
The Serbo-Croatian is /Skoplje/. For the alternation of /p/ with /plj/ in
Serbo-Croatian see Note 25.2.
Grammatical Notes
Most masculine and feminine nouns have in the singular a special ending
when used as terms of address. The most frequent masculine ending is l-el:
jgospodine/ Isir,l. After palatals, and (unpredictably) with certain other
nouns, the ending is j-u/: /J5viu/. Most feminine a-nouns have /0/: jgospodo/,
jgospooj. Those in j-ica/ regularly have l-el: jgospoice/. There is no
vocative for neuter nouns, the nominative form being used. A number of /a/
nouns, and some masculine nouns, use the nominative form: /Ana/, /kelner/.
With some ja/ nouns either the nominative or the vocative may be used: jm~jka/
'motherI /m~jka/ or /m~jko/ ImotherJI, /deda/ Igrandfather l (m. noun) jdeda/ or
jdedo/ IgrandfatherJI, though the use of the nominative here is considered col-
loquial.
347
l Masculine
1.1 Non-palatal stems, adjective and noun
1.1.1 Inanimate
Indefinite Definite
348
1.1.2 Animate
Indei'inite Dei'inite
N gr~d gradovi
A gr~d gradove
G gr~da grad5va
D gr~du / gr~du gradovima
I gr~dom gradovima
Indei'inite Dei'inite
.. ,
N vrUe d~n vrUi d~ni vrUi d~n vrUI d~ni
.. , ' , ' ,
A vri1e d~n vruee d~ne vrUI d~n vruee d~ne
,, .. , .. ,
G vrUeeg d~na vrUIh d~na vrueeg d.na vrueIh d~na
,, .. ,
D vrueem d~nu .. vrUIm d~nima vrueem d~nu , vrUIm d~nima
.. / danu .. , .. Idanu
I vrUIm danom vrUIm d~nima vrueIm danom vrUIm d.nima
De.finite
2 Neuter
2.1 Non-palatal stems l adjective and noun
350
3 Feminine
3.1 Feminine Nouns in lal
3.1.1 Indefinite Definite
, ,
N lepa zena lepe zene l~pa zena l~pe zene
, ,
A lepu zenu lepe zene l~pi1 zenu l~pe zene
G l~pe zene l~plh z~na l~pe zene l~plh z~na:
D l~poj zeni l~pIm enama l~poj zeni l~p!m zenama
I l~pom enom l~pIm zenama l~pom enom l~p!m zenama
l~pa zEmo l~pe zEme
3.1.2 Feminine /a/ noun with 3.1.3 Feminine /a/ noun with G pl.
moveable /a/ in /-i/. Note also /k/ to
/c/ before /-i/.
,
N sestra sestre N m~jka m. j ke
,
A sestru sestre A m~jku m. j ke
G sestre sest~ra G m~jke m.jkI
,
D sestri sestrama D m~jci m. j kama
I sestrom sestrama I ~jkSm ma: j kama
V sestro sestre V m~jko majke
Personal Pronouns
m. n. f.
, ,
N j ti 5n, ono ona
, ,
A mene me tebe te njega ga nJU je/ju
, , ,
G mene me tebe te njega ga nj~ je
D meni mi tebi ti njemu mu nj5j joj
,
I mnom tobom njIm nj5m
351
m. n. f.
,
N ml vl oni, ona, one
A nils nas vils vas njIh ih
G nils nas vils vas njIh ih
, ,
D nama nam vama vam njima im
, ,
I nama vama njima
N NA t5 ovo ono
, , ,
A sebe se G toga ovoga onoga
, ,
G sebe D tome ovome onome
,
D sebi I tIm ovIm onIm
I sobom
Interrogative Pronouns
ko ta
koga kog ta
,
koga kog cega
kome kom cemu
kIme kIm elm
Pronominal Adjectives
m. n. f. m. n. f.
N t~j t5 t~ tl t~ t~
A ~j toga t5
./
tu
~ilr
t~
/
--v-
G toga t~ tIh
D t5m t5j tlm
I tlm t5m tlm
m. n. f. m. n. f.
N kOJI koj~ koja: kojI koja koje
, ,
A ~jI k5ga I kojega koje
,/
koju koje koja koje
--...."..-
, ,
G k5ga / kojega koje kojIh
,
D k5m / kojem koj6j kojIm
,
I kojim kojom kojIm / kojIma
352
m. n. f. m. n. f.
, , , , ,
sav sve sva svi sva sve
, , , , , , ,
,sav svega sve svu ~ sva sve
~ , ...r .-'"
svega sve svIh
,
svemu sV5j svfma I svIm
svfma svIm
Grammatical Drill
jedno lepo pozorite jedan mali, ali dobar restoran jedna lepa zgrada
jedan dobar bioskop jedno ispravno kupatilo jedan udoban krevet
Jedno malo ogledalo jedna poruka
GD 16.1.2 Genitive
353
Substitution Drill
354
Make each l substitution with original sentence, then with each 2 substitu-
tions. Use /dve/ as appropriate.
2 l
U ovoj kui stanuju dva stara coveka.
l 2
mala porodica tri
na prijatelj cetiri
Zorin srodnik
stari gospodin
stara gospoa
2 l
U gradu ima ~ velikih hotela.
l 2
dobar bioskop sedam
mala kafana rrmogo
lepa ulica osam
lep spomenik malo
dobro pozorite nekoliko
jedanaest
2 l
U ovoj kui stanuje petoro male dece.
l 2
stara gospoda dvoje
moja braa rrmogo
estoro
nekoliko
desetoro
Substitution Drill
355
On me se sea. ti
Oni me se boje. on
ona
mi
vi
oni
GD 16.1.3 Dative
Dajte ovo pismo mojoj keri. Dajte ovo pismo mojim kerima.
Dajte ~ ovo pismo.
356
on mi
ona oni
357
In the following drill use the preposition Ina/ instead of lu/ when required.
GD 16.1.4 Accusative
Substitution Drill
Moete popiti kafu pre nego to poe voz.
358
ja on vi
ti mi oni
GD 16.1.5 Instrumental
ti ona vi
on mi oni
359
Dajte ovaj novac mom bratu, a ne Tomi. Dajte ovaj novac njemu, a ne Tomi.
Recite mom bratu da doe u ambasadu. Recite mu da doe u ambasadu.
Mom bratu treba soba sa kupatilom. Njemu treba soba sa kupatilom.
Mom bratu je milo to imate lepu sobu. Njemu je milo to imate lepu sobu.
Mom bratu je zao to nemate lepu sobu. Njemu je zao to nemate lepu sobu.
Ovaj gospodin zeli da vidi moga brata. Ovaj gospodin eli da ~ vidi.
Ovaj gospodin zeli da vidi moga brata, Ovaj gospodin zeli da vidi njega,
a ne vas. a ne vas.
Ova gospoda cekaju moga brata. Ova gospoda ~ cekaju.
Jovan trazi moga brata. Jovan .a! trazi.
G. Jovi ne poznaje moga brata. G. Jovi .a! ne poznaje.
Jovii zele da upoznaju moga brata, Jovii zele da ~ upoznaju.
360
Dajte ovaj novac mom bratu. Kome da dam ovaj novac? Ita da dam
vaem bratu?
Mom bratu treba soba za nedelju i Kome treba soba? Ita treba vaem bratu?
ponedeljak.
Recite mom bratu da danas posle podne ta da kaem vaem bratu?
doe u ambasadu.
Ova gospoda cekaju moga brata. Koga cekaju ova gospoda?
Moj brat ceka voz. ta ceka va brat.
Ta ena trai moga brata. Koga trai ova ena?
Moj brat trai odavno kuu na Dedinju. ta trai va brat?
361
Repeat this drill using the questions with Ida li/ and give affirmative
and negative answers first short, and then long. e.g.
Zato putujete vlakom kad imate auto? Zbog loeg vremena. Jo je zima.
Koliko razreda ima na vaim vlakovima? Imaju dva razreda, prvi i drugi.
Koliko stoji karta drugog razreda? Ne znam tocno jer ne putujem drugim
razredom.
362
3amTO nYTyjeTe BOGOM Ka~ HUQTe aYTO? 360r p~aBor BpeueHa. Jom je 3Bua.
RO~KO R~aca HMa Ha BamHM BOGOBHua? Muajy ~Be K~ace, npBa H APyra.
KOAHKO RomTa KapTa ,ll;pyre K~ace? He GRaU Ta~HO, jep He nYTyjeM APyroM
RJtacou.
GD 16.4.2
~oBope eBr~eCKH?
He paayMeM samTO. PenaTe y ~eMY je CTBap je y TOKe mTO OHH y~e eHr~eCKH.
cTsap.
l Ao6po.
/zaista/ lindeedi
364
GD 16.4.3
Jedan gospodin trazi gospodina Jovia. Zato mu ne kazete da moj muz nije kod
kue?
Da, zna.
Je~aH ~ocnOAHH TpazH ~ocnOAHBa JOBuha. 3amTO My He KazeTe Aa MOj MyZ Huje
KOA Kyhe?
K8HueJJapBje.
GD 16.5.2 Make questions to which the above sentences will be the appropriate
answers. Use Ida li/ or /li/ when no question word is involved.
366
UNIT 17
B
,
I came (man doao sam .D.omao caK
speaking)
J
or, j~ sam doao ja caK .D.omao
Have you been in Belgrade Jeste (li) bIli J~eTe (~H) 6~~HlpaHHje y
before?
ranije u Beogradu? E~Orpa.D.Y?#
B
,;
367
, I l l
Yes, but it was a long Jesam, ali t5 je bIlo JecaM, aJIH TO je 6HJIO
time ago.
d~vno. ,lI;aBHo.
I heard that the hotels C~o sam da hot~li tada q;o caK ,lI;a XOTe~ T~lJ,al
were not good at that I :. .1
time. nIsu bIli dobri. RHcy 6H~ ,n06pH.
se alIm.
li gr~du.
368
, J.
I had (man speaking) imao sam / j~ Buao caM / ja caM
sam imao "
HKao
~ ~
living quarters, cTaR, cTaHOSH
apartment
I I
I had a small apartment. imao sam mali st~n.
....
late kasno KacRO
later kasnije
l l'
~06HO Kyhy Ha
na Dedinju.
l ~
did you live da li ste fvjeli ~a JIll cTe ZHseJIll
A
J. ot
I never lived (man nfsam nikad fvio BHcaM BHKa~ ZHseo
speaking)
B
ot
we were going, we ml smolili MH cMO HllIJIH
went
Grammatical Notes
In other words, the real verb in these constructions is the verb Isam/o The
/doaol - Idolal etc. are participles or verbal adjectives.
The /-0/ of the masculine singular is the same as the /-1-/ of the other
forms; /1/ at the end of a syllable is usually replaced by /0/ in Serbo-Croatian.
(Compare IBeograd/ for /bel-/ Iwhite l plus /grad/ tcitadel l .) The /-0/-/-1-/
370
is the participIe formative. The endings are the adjective endings (-zero for
masculine singularI l-al for feminine singularI etc.)
In most l but by no means alIl cases verbs have the same stem in the /1/
participIe as in the infinitive. This ls seen from the following list of the /1/
participIe forms of the verbs found in the above examples. The infinitive is
given first. The first person present forms are added in parentheses after the
others for comparison and contrast. (See Note 17.2 for more examples.)
The stem (or stems) of' the Inf'lnItIve and /1/ participles are:
Infinitive Ima- stanova zfve-
/1/ participIe stanova-
(where different) stanova-
,
Infinitive i- do- dObi- cu- bi-
/1/ partleipIe ia- doa- dObI- bl-
,
(where different) i do- b!-
371
Ilaol and Idoaol both have movable lal. The verb Igol and a typical deriva-
tive from it are illustrated by these two verbs. The forms of these verbs are
irregular.
The past tenses of all the above verbs may be made by using the present of
the verb Ito bel. The unstressed forms occur after the /1/ participIe if the
latter is the first stressed form of the clause. In the negative the forms
InIsami, etc. always come before (earlier in the sentence of clause than) the
/11 participIe, as they are always stressed.
, ,
imao si you had nIsi imao Iyou didnit havel
,
1mala si nIsi imala
,
imao je he had n1je 1mao 'he didn't havel
1mala je she had n1je 1mala Jshe didn't havel
1malo je it had n1je 1malo lit didn't havel
, ,
imali su they had nisu 1mali Ithey didnJt have'
,
imale su nIsu 1male
,
imala su nIsu 1mala
The plural in Iii is by far the most frequent, as the purely feminine may only
be used when feminine forms alone are involved. The polite lVii is used for all
genders:
For 'we l and Jtheyl the SUbject must be exclusively feminine for the
partleipIe to be feminine.
372
(See Note 18.1 for more detail on agreement of the /1/ participIe with various
subjects. Compare also Note 7.2.)
The example /ta vam se najvie dopalo usput?/ shows that the participIe
and /se/ are used, without /je/, in the third person singular affirmative past
of reflexive verbs. The singular of this verb is /dopao sam se, dopala sam se,
dopao si se, dopala si se, dopao se, dopala se, dopalo se/. It is also possible
to use /je/: /dopao se je/, but this is less frequent.
The short answer a (yes-no) question using the past is usually the long
form of the verb Ito bel:
373
In both English and Serbo-Croatian the real verb form (usually called the
'auXiliary. verb) is that which is used in the answer, not the participIe.
Most past tense forms are from perfective verbs, as the past tense is most
frequently used of completed actions. However, most of the past tenses used in
this unit are imperfective. Verbs such as 'live', Idwell', etc. may orten be
used in the past to refer to a continuing state or arrairs. Compare the perrec-
tive and imperfective forms found in the Basic Sentences:
Perfective Imperfective
A rough idea of the pattern of usage may be seen from the two verbs Idatil
and Id~vati/:
374
Perfective Verbs
375
Imvrefective Verbs
376
Note that the stress of the 11/ participIe is generally the same as that of the
infinitive.
377
the /1/ of the /1/ particle and others which have not yet been discussed. For
example, the following verbs have different stems before the endings:
i-verbs
,
dozvoliti p blagodariti I pr&siti I
I
e-verbs
a-verbs
J.
pogledati p ~ekati I sviati se I
sa~ekati p derlvati I trebati I
I
dobIjati I uznemir~vati I
d6padati se I vraati se I
,
imati I k5tati I
~
m5rati I pitati I
!.
razgovarati I seati se I
378
Verbs having /a/ in the infinitive and /e/ in the present are of two types,
according to the /1/ partlclple. One type has short /a/ before /0/ and long
/a/ before other forms of the /1/ participIe:
, ,
stanovati stanovao stanovala stanovalo stanovali, etc
I _
stanujem
, ,
putovati putovao putovala putovalo putovali, etc.
p-6.tujem
The other type has short /a/ in all forms of the /1/ participIe:
All of these verbs have stem extensions: /ov/, /v/. In the present tense of
the first type the extension is /u/ (/stan-u-je-m/): in the present tense of
second type it is lost (/da-je-m/).
379
Verbs with short /a/ in the /1/ participIe will be labelled a/J~ verbs. The
/J/ may-
change the preceding consonant: kazati ka.z~m
, ,
be /j/ after a vowel: da:vati dajem
drop after /j/: poinjati pOinj~m
These groupings have left a large number of verbs in the list unclassified.
Examination shows that none of these fit precisely into these classifications.
Without going into details J the following groupings may be made:
Consonant stems - verbs having no stem vowel between the root and the
endings. To show this, the root is given to the left for each verb. In most
cases, considerable change occurs in the shape of the root from form to form.
,
jed- jesti jedem j~o jela
,,
rek- reCi reem rekao rekla
,, , ,
mog- moci mogu, moze mogao mogla
, ,
rast- r.sti r~stem rastao rasla
, ,
sed- s~sti sednem seo sela
The last verb shows an Ini extension in the present. More will be said of this
extension later.
Certain consistencies of treatment are seen here. Except for lii/, a root in
/dl replaces Idi with Isl before I-ti/ (/jesti/), but loses the Id/ before 10/ -
III (Ijeoi, /jela/). Roots in /k/ or 19! replace /kti/, Igti/, with Iil and
have moveable /a/ before /o/J there may be change of /kl
ICIJ /gl to Izl in
to
the present (/J/ changes) see above). /rast-/ has /ras-/ before l-til and /-1/
but Irast-I before a vowel (Irasternl, /rastao/). Combinations such as I-tt-I
and I-stl-I do not occur in Serbo-Croatian. Double consonants are replaced by
single ones and Itl between consonants is generally lost.
380
Vowel verbs - verbs having a root ending in a vowel and no suffix between
this vowel and the infinitive ending. Some verbs with an extension after the
root are also vowel verbs. Examples are:
Some verbs have roots which end in a vowel before certain endings, in a consonant
before others. For example:
, , ,
ne-/nes- done-ti dones-e-m done-o done-la
Two vowel verbs must be considered unique: /biti/ Ito bel /hteti/ Ito will,
want'. A more complete verb classification is given in Note 43.2.
Grammatical Drill
GD 17.1 Past Tense - Prolo vreme. - Substitution-Learning Drill
GD 17.1.1 First Person - Prvo lice
Masculine Subjects
l
Doao sam jue u Beograd. Doli smo juce u Beograd.
Ja sam doao jue u Beograd. Mi smo doli jue u Beograd.
Feminine Subjects
Sluzi o sam u Beogradu pre petnaest godina. Kasnije sam dobio kuu na Dedinju.
Prvo sam stanovao u gradu. euo sam da vozovi polaze i dolaze na
vreme.
iveo sam ranije u Beogradu. Bio sam nekoliko puta u Dalmaciji.
Imao sam mali stan u gradu. Bio sam zadovoljan sa svojim stanom.
Masculine Subjects
Feminine Subjects
382
Imao si mesto u vozu pored prozora. The second person drills may be
Ziveo si ranije u Beogradu. made into questions to give more
Kasnije si dobio mesto u prvoj klasi. natural sentences. They are here
v
euo si da je autoput do Skoplja gotov. affirmative to present a uniform
Bio si nekoliko puta u Dalmaciji. set of illustrative sentences.
Bio si zadovoljan sa vonjom.
Feminine Subjects
Substitution for ~:
Sentences for drill with feminine singular participIe and plural verb:
GD 17.1.4 Third Person with Count Nouns - Tree lice sa stvarnim imenicama
384
jutro
In this drill the student should use and drill only the gender forms
appropriate to himself or herself.
Imam dobar stan ovde. Imao sam dobar stan, kad sam bio u
Beogradu.
Ima dobar stan ovde. Imao si dobar stan, kad si bio u
Beogradu.
On ima ovde dobar stan. ~ je imao dobar stan kad je bio u
Beogradu.
Moj prijatelj ima ovde dobar stan. Moj prijatelj je imao dobar stan, kad
~ bio ovde.
Ona ima dobar stan ovde. Ona je imala dobar stan, kad ~ bila u
Beogradu.
Zora ima ovde dobar stan. Zora je imala dobar stan kad je bila u
Beogradu.
Mi imamo ovde dobar stan. Mi smo imali dobar stan, kad smo bili
u Beogradu.
Moja porodica i ja imamo ovde dobar Moja porodica i ja smo imali dobar stan,
stan. kad ~ bili u Beogradu.
Vi imate ovde dobar stan gospodine, Vi ste imali dobar stan, kad ste bili u
zar ne? Beogradu gospodine, zar ne?
Vi imate ovde dobre stanove gospodo, Vi ste imali dobre stanove kad ste bili
zar ne. u Beogradu gospodo zar ne?
Oni imaju ovde dobar stan. Oni su imali dobar stan, kad su bili u
Beogradu.
G. i g-da Smit imaju ovde dobar stan. G. i g-da Smit su imali dobar stan, kad
su bili u Beogradu.
One imaju ovde dobar stan. One su imale dobar stan, kad su bili u
Beogradu.
Moje sestre imaju ovde dobar stan. Moje sestre su imale dobar stan, kad su
bile u Beogradu.
386
vozovi
/vlakovl
Kakve su bile ranije sobe? Bile su dobre. kafane
Nisu bile dobre. kue
Sobe su bile ranije dobre. ulice
Sobe nisu bile ranije dobre.
388
The feminine forms are for the use of women in the class.
389
b. Jeste li (vi) doli jue u Beograd? Da, doao sam jue u Beograd./
Da, dola sam jue u Beograd.
Ne, nisam doao jue u Beograd./
Ne, nisam dola jue u Beograd.
vi i ki vae sestre
vi i ki Tomine keri
vi i g-da Jovi g-da i g-ea Jovi
Following questions and answers are to be drilled with the same substitutions:
c. Zar ste ~ doli jue u Beograd? Da, jesam. [Doao sam iznenada. ]/ (l)
Da, jesam. [Dola sam iznenada] .
d. Zar 11. niste doli jue u Beograd? Ne, nisam. [Doao sam danas i znenada] . /
Ne, nisam. [Dola sam danas iznenada] .
390
Imao sam sobu sa dva kreveta i Kakvu sobu ste imali? IKakvu ste sobu ..
kupatilom.
Imali smo mali stan blizu parka. Kakav ste stan imali?
U tom stanu smo bili godinu dana. Koliko ste bili u tom stanu?
Posle smo dobili kuu na Dedinju. Gde ste posle dobili stan?
391
Kua nije bila daleko od grada. Da li je vaa kua bila daleko od grada?
Zagrebu.
392
GD 17.6.2
Kako je oVdje sa stanovima? Prilicn9 je teko.
Kakav stan ste imali? Imao sam mali, ali lijep stan
sa kupaonom.
Koliko soba ste imali? Imao sam dVije velike i jednu malu sobu.
393
v
Sto ste dobili na Dedinju, stan ili Kuu. Nema stanova na Dedinju.
kuu?
GD 17.6.3
Da li ste bili ranije u Beogradu? Jesam, ali to je bilo davno.
Kakvu ste sobu imali? Imao sam prilicno lijepu i veliku sobu
sa dvije postelje.
394
RaKBY cTe c06y HMaJm? l1uao call nplfJIHlIHO Jleny If BeJIHKy c06y
ca .o; Ba KpeEleTa
GD 17.7.2 Write out each of the above sentences in the past tense using the
subjects on the right side in parentheses.
395
UNIT 18
Basic Sentences - Osnovne recenice
A
,.. ~
a few days ago neki da:n HeKH ~aH
J. J I J-
You were in Skopje, a VI ste bIli neki dkn BH CTe 6H~ HeKH ~aH y
few days ago [werenit , I /I " , II
you], John? u Skoplju, Jovane? CKOn.!ly, JosaHe?
putu.
crowded
I , I "
The trip was (Ir travelledi) Putovao sam j~ko dobro nyToaao caM BP~O p.06po H
very nice and comfortable, , # I , _ . J I
but the train was rather i udobno, mada je Y~06HO, vap.a je S03 6HO
crowded. I l
vlak bio prIlino npiJm~Ho npeTpnaH.
I
pretrpan.
,
interesting interesantan, HHTepecaHTaH,
interesantna, HHTcpecaHTHR, -o
-o
396
zanimljiv.
-a, -e
~
HajBHmH, -a, -o .-
the most
~
HajBHme
.
,
to please dopasti se, da ,nonacTH ce, ,na
se dopadne, ,
ce ,nona,nHe, -
dopao ,nemao ce
397
I I I J
Up to the Morava valley the Do Moravske dol{n~ 11.0 MopaBcKe ~OJJHHe Boa je
train went through beauti-
fUlI mountainous areas. vlAk je prolazio
npOJJ8.aHO Kpoa ~
~HBHe,
-
t !
krAsnim, brdovitim 6p~oBHTe npe~eJIe.
pr~djelima.
, " ,
to go in, enter Ui, da Uem, YhR, ~a Ybeu, ymao
uao
along (with G)
,
river peKa
I
When we went into the Kad smo uli u Ka~ cuo ym.m y MopascKy
Morava valleYI the train ,. J I
went along the river. Moravsku dolinu, ~OJJHHY, Boa je Hmao
J ~ ,::_
vla:k je putovao AY'" caKe peKe.
I
dtt~ sam~ rijek~.
,.
to line up (with r~a ti (se), pe ~a T H ( ce) ,
Ise/: intransitive) r~a (se) pe~a
~
(ce),
-
,
r~ao (se) pe~ao (ce)
~
or, nfza ti (se), HH3aTH (ce),
o.
uinIm, uinio
.,
y'lZH;rM, YtlMHHO
- ..
398
I I
What kind of impression did Kakav su d5jam na KaKas cY YTHcaK Ha sac
uinila/naa
our villages and towns
make on you? vas ,
HanpaSHJ18. "
Hama,
ceM I H
, #
rpaAOSH?
l.::;iromana.
A
,
part, section dio, G. dijela ~eo, A8JI8.,
pl. dijelovi Ae~OBH
Morava valley.
bogati, kao Moravska
.
MopaaCKa
~
,nO JI if Ha.
dolina.
399
opinion mnijenje
about (with D) o o
railroad eljeznica
What do you think about
I
Kakvo je vae mnijenje
I ' l I
RaKBo je Bame MB~eHe o
I, - ,
our railroads? I ,
o naI im -x'
4elJeznicama? HamHM xeAe3HHUQKa?
B
,
straight, just pravo npaBO
attention p~nja
J. .1
To tell you the truth, I Pravo da vam k~zem, ITpaBo ~a Bau Ka*eH, ja caM
paid more attention to I I , J. I
the countryside (tareasl) ja sam obracao 06pahao na~ BHme aa
than to the train itself.
p~znju vie na npe~eAe
, 'I Hero Ha caK I B03.
'" .
, I I
predjele nego na
I
sS.m vlS.k.
indeed
or,
Your country is indeed Vaa zemlja je zaista ~ma je 3~M.ha 36~.b8. A~na I
beautiful, and I like it
very much.
I
lijepa i mnogo mi
.
H MHoro MH ce
,-
~ona~a.
I
se dopada.
kind lJubazan,
ljubazna., -o
400
Grammatical Notes
Note 18.1 Verb: Past Tense
Note 18.1.1 Verb: SUbject Agreement in Past Tense
Whenever two nouns of mixed gender precede the /1/ participle, the parti-
ciple has the /-i/ ending. When the participIe comes first, it usually agrees
in form with the nearer of the two nouns, here /sela/. If the order were
/gradovi i sela/, the first sentence would still have /reali/, the second would
be /kakav su utisak na vas napravili nai gradovi i sela?/. Note that /na/,
like the participle, agrees with the nearer of the two nouns. It is also pos-
sible for the participle to be in /-i/ before any mixed subject. The second
sentence may also be /Kakav su utisak na vas napravili naa sela i gradovi?/.
The pattern followed in these units is that of the examples from the Basic Sen-
tences. If the participIe follows a subject with mixed genders, i~ is in /-i/,
if it precedes a subject with mixed genders, it agrees with the nearer (or nearest)
noun of the sUbject.
Pronouns:
401
,
ono ono je bilo
ml (reference to men only) mi smo bili
ml (reference to men and women) mi smo bili
mi (reference to women only) mi smo bile
vl (plural, exclusively feminine) vi ste bile
vl (all other references, 'you' vi ste bili
singular and plural)
oni oni su bili
,
one one su bile
,
ona (neuter plural) ona su bila
Nouns:
One noun only
Noun + Pronoun
N + on otac i on su bili
majka i on su bili
dete i on su bili
402
Noun + Noun
Nouns of same gender.
Nouns of different gender before /1/ participIe - all have participIe in /'i;'
All above sentences may be /Gde su bili . /. The use of Isu bili/ is cons ldcT'('('
standard and is more common in most of the above constructions.
The word order of the examples from the Basic Sentences may also b~
noted:
403
L - - - - _ _1
The order of the second sentence is determined by the fact that the question
word is a modifier of the object. Question words (other than /li/) come at the
beginning of the sentence or clause.
Sentences with Ida li / (Note 17.1) may have the subject before or after
the /1/ participIe if the latter is not followed by other predicate forms:
If there are other predi cate forms associated with the participIe, the subject
usually comes before it:
Beginning with this unit new verbs will be listed in a special note,
giving the infinitive, the present, and the meaning. The l-participle, as well
as other forms, will be given when it is felt to be necessary (that is, when
they are unpredictable). The verb type will also be indicated, as well as the
aspect. Where a verb occurs in an aspect pair, both members of the pair will be
given, the simpIer or more basic form being listed first. Verbs not normally
occurring in aspect pairs will be given first, as in the list below.
404
i I initi inim to do
i P uiniti da ucinim
405
Grammatical Drill
Mascu1ine Gender
With subjects in singular with negative transform.
Feminine Gender
With subjects in singular:
Neuter Gender
With sUbjects in singular
406
jutro 1 vece
Mixed Genders:
m. + f. or n. f. + m. or n. n. + m. or f.
GD 18.1.2 Past Tense with pronouns referring to persons /k~/~ /n~ko/, /nlko/
and Isvako/.
Ko je doao?
Neko je ve doao.
Niko jo nije doao.
(Svako je doao na vreme.)
407
Ko je popio kafu?
Ko je razumeo ta ovaj covek govori?
Ko je govorio sa Zorom?
,
Ko se secao Jovana posle toliko godina?
Ko se alio na istou u hotelu?
GD 18.1.3 Past Tense with pronouns referring to things !ta/, /neto/, /nlta/
and /svata/.
ta se (je) ulo?
Neto se cUlo.
Nita se nije ulo.
(Svata se Ulo.)
The sentences on the left side are to be drilled without the last sentence, and
the sentence on the right with all sentences:
ta se trailo? ta se govorilo?
v
Sta se dobilo?
ta se svrilo?
ta se uilo?
,
ta je tr-ebalo reci?
408
Jedan covek je sedeo u sobi icekao Jedna ena je sedela u sobi icekala
gospodina Smita. gospodina Smita.
U ovoj kui je stanovao jedan covek. U ovoj kui je stanovala jedna ena.
GD 18.1.5 Past Tense with words of quantity and the numbers /pet/ (and above)
on Substitution drill with feminine counterpart
409
410
Gde je bila vaa zena i sin? Zena je bila kod kue, a sin ne znam gde je
bio.
Oboje su bili kod kue.
Bili su kod kue.
Moja zena i sin su bili kod kue.
411
412
The following questions and answers are for the above substitution drill:
v
Sta ~ je najvie interesovalo Najvie me je interes ovala Moravska dolina.
na putu?
ta je Zoru najvie interesovalo Najvie ~ je interes ovala Moravska dolina.
na putu?
Drill the following questions and answers with the same substitutions:
Drill the following questions and answers with the same substitutions:
v
Sta vam je kazao g. Jovanovi? Kazao mi je da mu je zao to ne moze ii
s nama u pozorite.
Zar vi niste uzeli taksi? Nisam.
Nisam mogao da dobijem taksi. Bilo je ravo
413
Zar vi niste zauzeli sobu za nas? Nisam. Mislio sam da moete uvek dobiti
sobu.
Zar ste vi zadocnili za voz? Pa jesam. ta da radim. Nisam mogao da
dobijem taksi.
Zato niste uli u eekaonicu? Nisam jo kupio karte.
Tomina ena i dete vaa majka i braa vaa ena i deca vaa braa i sestre
414
415
416
Vaa zemlja je vrlo lepa i bogata. Kakav je utisak na vas napravila naa
zemlja?
417
ujem da ste putovali u Skoplje. Da, tocno je. Putovao sam u Skoplje.
Da li je to tocno.
Da li je bilo dovoljno mjesta (za Da, bilo je dovoljno mjesta. (Ne, nije
sjedenje) u prvom razredu? bilo dovoljno mjesta.)
qyjeK ~a cTe nYTOBa~ Y CKon~e. ~a, TaqHO je. llYTOBao caK y CKon~e.
~a ~H je TO TaqHO?
RaKBR cy 6P3R B030BH OB~e? HHCY p~aBH. He 3xaK WTa aac HHTepecyje.
na ~H je TaqHO Aa cy B030BH
npeTpnaHH?
~a ~H je 6H~O AoaO~HO MeCTa (3a ~a, 6H~O je AOBO~HO MeCTa. (He, Haje
ce~eHe) y npBoj KAacH? 6H~O AOBO~HO MecTa
JyrOCJIOSeHa.
418
GD 18.5.2
Kako ste se vi i va prijatelj proveli Proveli smo se jako lijepo. Ali, u malo
na putu u Skoplje? nismo zakasnili.
Kako to, zar niste uzeli taksi? Jesmo, ali ja nisam bio gotov na vrijeme.
Taksi je morao cekati.
Kako vam se svia naa zemlja? Vlak je prvo prolazio kroz krasne,
brdovite predjele, koje ja mnogo
volim.
To je jo bila okolica Beograda, zar Jest. Tako je bilo sve do jedne stanice,
ne? ne znam kako se zove. Od te stanice
vlak je stalno prolazio dolinom rijeke
Morave.
Jeste li ranije prolazili Moravskom Nisam. Zato me je taj dio puta najvie
dolinom? zanimao.
l
/stajati/ Ito cost) [Unit 13] to stop, be stopping l
419
KaRO TO, 3ap BHcTe Y3e~ TaRca? JeCMO, a~ ja BRcaM 6ao rOTOB Ha speKe.
TaKCK je Kopao Aa ~eKa.
HnaR CTe 6HJlH cpehBH. HapaBHO. B03 je nomao ~HM cMO KH ymJlH.
Rao Aa je ~eKao Ha Hac, na Aa no~e.
KaKO BaM ce ~onaJIa Hama 3eM~? BOG je npso npOJIa3HO Rp03 AHsHe,
6p~OSHTe np8~eJle, Koje ja MBoro BOJlHM.
To je jom 6HJIa OKOJlHBa Beorpa~a, JecTe. TaKo je 6HJlO CBe ~O je~Be CTaHH~e,
je JJ[ 1'1e? He GHaM KaRo ce 30Be. OA Te CTaBHQe
B~3 je CTS~O npOJIaGHO ~OJlHHOM peKe
Mopsse.
JeCTe JlH paHHje np0JIa3HJlH ~opaSCKOM HHcaM. 3STO Me je Taj Aeo nyTs HajBHUIe
~OJlHHOll? HHTepeCOBao.
ITa KaKO BaM ce ~onaJIa MopaSCKa OA npHjaTe~ caM ~yo Aa je BP~O Jlena,
lJ.a JlH cTe H3JIa3HJlH H3 B03a Ba BeKoj lJ.a, H3JIa3HO call callO Y HHWY.
cTaHH~H?
GD 18.5.3
Da li je vlak doao na vrijeme u Pravo da vam kazem nisam obraao
Skoplje? narocito paznju na to. Ali, mislim
da jest.
420
U koje dbba dana ste doli u Skoplje? Bilo je pred vecer, ali jo se lijepo
vidjelo.
To ste lijepo kazali. Sve nove zgrade U Skoplju sam vidio nekoliko lijepih
zbilja nisu lijepe, ali to nije starih zgrada. Narocito mi se svidjela
tocno za kolodvor u Skoplju. zgrada u kojoj je muzej.
Zanima me, koje su vam se druge
zgrade svidjele?
YKoje ~o6a ~aHa cTe ~om~ y CKon~e? BHAO je npep; Be~e, aAK jom ce Aeno
EHJ,l;eAO.
mTa BaM ce ~onaAo y CKon.l)y? Kao WTO aHaTe, CKOn.l)e HMa cTapH H HOBH
~eo rpa~8.
KaKO BaM ce ~onao cTapH ~eo rpa~a? MeHK cy ce p;ona~e HeKe arpap;e H y
cTapOK K y HOBOK p;eAY rpa~a.
cehaTe CBe~a.
422
UNIT 19
A
Jf' /
will you go hocete li ~ci xoheTe J1H ihH
IIII go ii u
I '
this afternoon danas poslije ,a;8Hac noc~e no,a;He
p5dne
, , , I #t , I t ~
Yes, lIm going this Da, lCi cu danas .na, HU hy ,a;aH8c nOCJIe no,a;He.
afternoon. I ,
poslije podne.
py'l8K, PY'lK8
,
And immediately after 1unch I odmah p6s1ije rUka
I ,_.
H OAM8X noc~e
l'
PY'lK8
I
HAeM
lim going to the museum.
ldem u mUz~j.
How long are you going to Koliko ete ostati u KOJIHRO heTe
be (rstay!) in the ~
423
...
until dok ne
,
to look over razgledati, da pa3f1JIe~f1TH. ~a
razgledam pa3f1JIe~a)(
perhaps, maybe
or,
again
...
to happ en desiti se, da ~eCHTI1 ce, ~a
ce A8Ci
se desI
,
or dogoditi se, da ,ll.OI'O~HTH ce, JJ;a ce
se dogodI A9 f1O JJ;H
Ne, nIsam. Ne bih He, HHcaM.
" l
He 6HX )I(~JIeol
No, I havenlt. I wouldnit
want that to happen again. I I
Aa ce TO oneT
J I "
~ecH.
-
elio da se to
bpet dogodI.
A
".
424
zad~ati u muz~ju.
!.
to close zatv1frati, 3STSSpSTB, aaTsspsu
zatvaram
19:00 s1ftI.
I
"
19:00 "iscosa. --
B
A
!
All right. y pe~y.
425
up to certain point of
time or space
to arrive stii, da
...
stignem, stigao CTHrao
l ....
IIII arrive jk u stii ja hy CTHhH
quietly, undisturbed
hellO
.
aaje~Ho
~
Be'lepaTH
together and talk about I
everything at leisure, vecerati i za H aa B~eMe B~'1epe Ha Ilipy l
during dinner.
vrijeme vecere u .1
paarOBapaTH "
o cBelly.
I
mIru razgov~rati o
,
svemu.
HajaroAHHjH, -a, -e
I _
-
-e
Fine, thatis perhaps the
most convenient.
n~jzgodnije.
...
HajarO,D;HHje.
.
426
NOTES
There are two basic types of future constructions. Both involve the
present forms of the verb /hteti/ (see Note 13.4 and the examp1es of /hteti/).
This verb, like /biti/, has short, long and negative forms:
.Lv '
rucati ruca-cu
osta-ti osta-u
veera-ti veera-emo
vr~ti-ti vr~ti-e
dobi-ti dobi-u
If the infinitive ends in /-i/, two forms are possible. The whole infini-
tive may be followed by /u/, /e/, etc. (this is considered standard) or the
stem which occurs before /-i/ may have /u/, /e/, etc. suffixed:
,, ,, , ,,
ici ici cu or icu
,
d5i d5i cu or d5u
, , , , , , ,
stici stici cu or sticu
The shorter forms are often used but are not considered standard.
427
This first type of construction - stem plus l-u/o etc. - is used when
there is no emphasis on the subject and the verb comes first in the clause.
The second type of future formation has the present of /hteti/ followed by
the infinitive. This is illustrated by a), c), d). The short form /ete/ occurs
in a), the long form /hoete/ in c) and the negative /n~u/ in d). In this
construction the emphasis is upon some factor other than the action indicated
by the infinitive. Question words, such as /koliko/, and constructions such as
Ida lij normally come first in the clause, as in a). In future questions the
auxiliary verb frequently comes first, as in c). The emphasis may also be on
other words, such as londa/ in d). Compare:
This second type of future construction is, of course, regularly used when the
sUbject is expressed either by a preceding noun or pronoun: /moja majka e ii/,
Ija u ii/o It is regularly used after 'clause introducers l , such as the
question words /koliko/, /kad/, etc. (see above), as well as others such as
/to/, Idal, etc. For example: /Mislirn da u ostati u muzeju celo posle podne./
In swrrmary, the future forms using /{i/ as the example, are:
Type l
Stem + Infinitive +
,, ,,
ostau ostaemo icu icemo ii u ii emo
ostae ostaete ie {ete ii e ii cete
ostae ostae {e {e ii e ii e
428
Type 2
Affirmative Negative
Unemphatic Interrogative
, ,
-cu ii da li cu ii hou li ii n~u ii
, v ', ',
-ces ici da li e ici hoe li ii n~es ii
, ,, , ,,
-ce ici da li ce ici hoe li ii nece ii
, ,
-cemo ii da li cemo ii hoemo li ici n~emo ii
-ete ii da li ete ii hoete li ii nete ii
, ,
-ce ii da li ce ii hoe li ii n~e ii
Note: Questions without /li/ also occur. For example~ /hoete li ii/ may be
replaced by /hoete ii/ with question intonation.
Both perfective and imperfective verbs occur in the future. Verbs used
in the Basic Sentences of this unit as futures are:
Perfective Imperfective
ostati ii
razgledati moi
zaboraviti rUati
vr~titi se veerati
stii
It is more common for most verbs to occur in the perfective~ as the future
6enerally refers to the anticipated completion of the act. IWelll returnl~
Iwelll forget' are more frequently used than Iwelll be returning', 'we'll be
forgettin61. On the other hand~ imperfective verbs like Ibe able l , Idinel are
frequent in future use.
Compare the English and Serbo-Croatian for past, present and future of
I give I:
Imperfective Perfective
429
The most frequently used forms are the imperfective present 'we're giving', the
perfective past and future 'we gave', 'we'll give'.
It should also be mentioned that the future of /eleti/ and /hteti/ (see
GD 19.2.2) are used only in the second and third persons.
Present:
Past:
I'!!! drinking coffee I drink coffee every
I
now
~ drinking
day.
------ ------
~ ~
Present: Ja ~ kafu sada. Ja ~ kafu svaki dan. ~
430
Grammatical Drill
431
432
433
ii, idem
Idem opet u muzej danas posle podne. Ii u opet u muzej danas posle podne.
Dolazim kui (uvek) u sedam sati. Doi u (danas) kui u sedam sati.
vecerati, veceram
Neu moi da doem kod vas u subotu. Nisam mogao da doem kod vas u subotu.
435
ena i ja emo vecerati kod Metropola. ena i ja smo vecerali kod Metropola.
Ostaemo u Dalmaciji dve nedelje. Ostali smo u Dalmaciji dve nedelje.
Biemo kod kue za vreme praznika. Bili srno kod kue za vreme praznika.
Zadraemo se u gradu malo due. Zadrali smo se u gradu malo duzee
Stii emo kui dockan u no. Stigli s~ kui dockan u no.
Razgovaraemo o svemu na miru za Razgovarali s~ o svemu na miru za
vreme vecere. vreme vecere.
elim da idem danas u Narodni muzej. Hou da idem danas u Narodni muzej.
Ne eli~ da idem danas u Narodni muzej. Neu da idem danas u Narodni muzej.
eleo sam da idem danas u Narodni Hteo sam da idem danas u Narodni muzej,
,
muzej, ali ne mogu ii, zbog posla. ali ne mogu ici, zbog posla.
Singular - Jednina
on va otac ona
vaa majka njen sin Zorin sin
Plural - MnOina
437
The following questions with short answers are for the above type of drill:
439
Da, samo ako imate sredstava. Tacno je tako. Ostao sam dok imao
novaca.
440
JJ.a JIH 3HaTe Ka~ he ~ohH? ~a, OH AO~3H Y cy60TY, aKO Epeve
.n03BO~.
p~aBo.
Pa, caMO aKO KMaTe cpeAcTasa. Ta~Ho je TaKO. OCTao caM .nOK caM HMBO
Hosau;a.
GD 19.5.2
sedam.
l
/tako rei/ IaImastI
441
JecTe Be~epaJ1l!?
3ap ce MOEe Be~epaTH TaKO AOQKaH KOA ~a, Mo~e TaKO pehH y csaKO Ao6a.
MeTpono.na?
GD 19.5.3
Koliko ete ostati u Zagrebu? ostau jo sutra.
Zar neete ostati duze? Neu. Prekosutra moram biti u
Beogradu.
Mi smo mislili da ete ostati bar I ja sam elio ostati due, ali na
cetiri-pet dana. zalost ne mogu.
Da li ete dolaziti skoro opet? Ne znam tocno, ali kad doemo drugi
put, ostaemo bar tri-cetiri dana.
l
To je najmanje, ako elite upoznati Da, ja bih elio upoznati Zagreb.
grad i okolicu. Mnogo mi se dopadaju i grad i okolica.
Gdje ete danas ii? Neemo ii nigdje.
Ovde ima vrlo lijepih muzeja. Ja Ne, danas emo razgledavati sam grad.
sam mislio da ete razgledati Moja zena eli Vidjeti ulice, trgove
neki muzej. i parkove.
To je jako dobro. Za muzeje treba vie vremena nego to
mi imamo.
Da, to je tocno. Vrijeme je lijepo i bar emo vidjetl
kako izgleda grad.
l
/najmanje/ Ileast, the minimumI
442
~a ~ heTe Ao~aHTH CKOpO oneT? He aBaK Ta~o. a~ RaA Ao~exo APyr.H nyT,
oCTaheKO 6ap TpH-1feTHpm Aaua.
OaAe HMa sp~o ~enHX My3eja. Ja caM He. AQBaC heKo pa3r~eAaTH caM rpaA.
MHc~eo Aa heTe Hhz Aa pa3r~eAaTe Moja zeHa ze~ Aa SHAH y~Qe. Tprose
HeKB )(Y3e j H napKose.
443
UNIT 20
Basic Sentences - Osnovne recenice
B
I
We1re in the Metropol. 6dsjeli smo u hotelu
Metropol. MeTpOnOJI.
A
, , ,
to find n~i, da nem, RahH, Aa Ra~eM, Hamao
naao
l I '
Have you found a place to Da li ste nali st~n?
,
~a JIH CTe HalliJIH CTaH?
I #
live?
pocnem
444
B
,~
A
,
besides (with G) "
sem ceM
or, osim OCHK
,
pertaining to council s~bornr, -a, -o ca60pHH, -a, -o
or cathedral
...
church cf.kva D;PKB&
I ~
the Belgrade citadel Beogradski gr~d EeO~pa,,CKH ~p&~
I j ,
or, Beogradska EeO~p&~CK& TBp~&Ba
tvrava
i zoloki vrt.
to be finding; (se) to
'"
HaJIa3HTH, "-
HaJIa3HM
be located
445
B
, ,
unknown neznan, -a, o He3HaH, -a, -o
,
hero junak G jun~ka jYHaK, jYHaKa
,
pl. jun~ci jYBaQH
i Glavnu potu,
.
Bell cTe BRAeJIH.
,
ve ste vldjeli.
gradskih trnIca.
446
,
store; work, action r~dnja Gpl. pa,lJ;~
r~dnjI pa,lJ;JYI
. , , I
robnu kucu i radnju
. aa caKOnOCJIYrOM.
, -
sa samoposluIvanjem.
B
to
pleasure zadov5ljstvo aaAOSO.IJCTSO
!. , - -
to be selling, to sell prodavati, npOAasaTH. npoAajeK
prodjem
cijene.
A
,
shop, store duan G duana AyhaH, Ayhasa
to supply opskf.biti, da
opskflb!m (Cr.)
447
~ ~
to drop in, stop off svrititi, da cspaTHTH, ~a cspaTHK
svra:tIm
~ l
Come back to our place Svratite kod nhs
after dinner.
poslije veere. "
se"lepe. -
B
to look "
I' JIe~a -
TH, I' JIe" ~all
Thank you, welll see
~ I ~ ~ #
Hvala, gledacemo da XsaJIa, I'JIeAahellO ~a
about coming.
svratImo.
... ~-
cspaTHIIO.
telephone
\ I I I I I ,_
But, if welre too tired, Ali ako budemo previe AJIH, aKO 6y~eMo cysH1lIe
welll phone you (Ilet l
you know by phone l ) so Umorni, jhviemo vam tWOpHH, jasHheMo sali
that you donlt wait for I
us. telef5nom da nas ne TeJIe~~HOKI~a Hac He
" -
"IeKaTe.
Grammatical Notes
It is not necessary to list the future forms of most verbs, as they are
predictable. Elther the in~lnitlve ls used, or the su~~lxes are added to the
stem (infinitive form without /-ti/ (or /-i/). There is a regular change which
occurs in certain verbs, which makes it preferable to list them. For example,
from /euti/, /voleti/, /stanovati/, the future forms /Cuu/, /voleu/ and
/stanovau/ are predictable, but compare:
448
The short forms /u/ etc. fall into the same slot as /sam/, etc. The
enclitics introduced so ~ar, and their order, are:
l 2 3 4 5
li sam mi me se
si ti te je (is)
smo mu ga
ste Joj Je (f.)/Ju
su nam nas
vam vas
,
cu im ih
e
,
ce
,
cemo
ete
,
ce
As previously noted, /Je/ lisi does not normally occur after /se/: /vratio sei
or Ion se vratio/ the returned'. If both /se/ and /Je/ do occur, /se/ precedes
/je/: /vratio se jelo Except for /ju/ (rarely used), the forms in column 4 are
both accusative and genitive. Use of the genitive enclitics is common with some
verbs (/on ga se setio/).
The verb /hteti/ Ito will, to want' has been mentioned in Notes 13.4 and
19.1. The present tense forms, both short and long, are used in forming the
future. /hteti/ is also used as a regular verb 'to want' wishl. It is usually
replaceable by /eleti/ in such cases:
449
The future of these two verbs is rare and usually used in connection with
/modal Iperhaps', Isigurno/ 'surely' or the like. They are not used in the
first person in the future.
This is seen even more clearly when a preposition is used. For example
/doao je pre nego to je otiao vozi 'he came before the train left'. Here the
whole clause is treated the same as a noun after the preposition. The preposi-
tion cannot be followed by a verb, but only by a nominalized verb clause.
450
451
Grammatical Drills
l 2
on g-da Jovi Beogradski grad Glavna pota
Jovan Toma i Jovan Narodna skuptina Spomenik Neznanog junaka na
Avali
Zoloki vrt jedna beogradska pijaca
jedna robna kua
l 2
(mi) ona Miloeva ulica Dedinjski bulevar
moj prijatelj on Dedinje Knez-Mihailova ulica
Smitovi oni Zorina ulica Avalski put
452
provoditi-provesti
on ja njihovi prijatelji
moj otac moji roditelji mi
odlaziti-otii
davati-dati
Dajem rado svoja kola za izlet na Dau rado svoja kola za izlet na Fruku
Fruku goru. goru.
cekati-sacekati
dobijati-dobiti
Dobija~ mnogo u vremenu, ako putujem Dobi~ mnogo u vremenu, ako putujem
avionom. avionom.
453
praviti-napraviti
interesovati
dopadati se-dopasti se
Brzi voz polazi u 5:00 sati. Brzi voz e poi u 5:00 sati.
Brzi voz polazi na vreme.
ao mi je, ali ekspres ne polazi na vreme.
Brzi voz dolazi u 6:15.
Pota ne dolazi pre 9:00 casova.
Ekspres dolazi na vreme.
Brzi voz iz Zagreba stie kroz pola sata. /stii/
Va prtljag stie sutra.
Vai kuferi dolaze drugim vozom.
stanici. stanici.
Zadocniemo za voz, ako ne uzmemo Zadocnili smo za voz, jer nismo uzeli
taksi. taksi.
Uzeemo karte za voz na ~eleznikoj Uzeli smo karte za voz na ~eleznikoj
stanici. stanici.
Pokazaemo vam sve to vredi videti Pokazali smo vam sve to vredi videti
u gradu. u gradu.
Zauzeemo vam sobu kod Metropola. Zauzeli s~ vam sobu kod Metropola.
Ii emo danas u jednu radnju sa Ili s~ danas u jednu radnju sa
samoposlugom. samoposlugom.
VOdie~ g. Smita u petak na jednu Vodili s~ g. Smita u petak na jednu
od beogradskih pijaca. od beogradskih pijaca.
Biemo zauzeti ceo dan. Bili smo zauzeti ceo dan.
455
, ,
Ko ce dati kola za put u Ljubljanu? Ja cu dati.
,
Ja cu dati kola za taj put.
Ne znam.
,
Ne znam ko ce dati kola.
The following questions with short answers are for the same type of drill:
The following questions with short answers are for the same substitution drill:
457
459
Kalemegdan mora biti jako veliki, zar I jest. To je na prvom njestu omiljeni
ne? park svih Beograana, i starih i mladih.
OH je Ha KaAeuerAaRY.
mTa jom BpeAH BHAeTH ceM rpaAa? Ha KaAeMerAaHy ce HaAa3H K CTapa rpaACRa
:UPKB8. KOjy Eeorpa~aHH VRoro Bo~e.
ORAa MopaMo HhK Ha KaAeuerAaH jom AKO xoheTe, Moja EeHa H ja Bau vo_euo
OBe ReAe.be. nOKa3aTH KaAeverAaH.
Bp~o paAo. BHhe HaM UHAO. RaA heTe HMaTR BpeveHa? Tpe6a BaM
HajMaHe ueAO nOCAe nOAHe.
460
/1.0 BH~eHa.
GD 20.4.2
Mo.evo ~ ~OhH KO~ sac OKO ocaK? BHhe Hav SpAO KH~O, aKO ~o~eTe.
Jom HHCVO, aAH TpaZHVO H y HcTO Ka~ MHCAHTe ~a heTe RahH CTaH?
speve pa3I'Ae~aVO I'paA.
461
GD 20.4.3
U kom hotelu su odsjeli vai prijatelji? Odsjeli su u Metropolu.
Koliko e oni ostati u hotelu. Oni e ostati u hotelu vjerojatno jo~
tri nedjelje.
Zato tako dugo? Zar oni jo nisu Oni imaju stan, ali njihov stan nee
na~li stan? biti slobodan ranije.
Koji stan su dobili? Oni su dobili stan u kome stanuje g.
Smit sa obitelji.
Kad g. i g-a Smit odlaze odavde? Oni ostaju ovde jo tri nedjelje.
Da li se va~im prijateljima dopada kua Da, dopada im se. To je velika i lijepa
u kojoj stanuju Smitovi? kua.
Je li ta kua u samom gradu. Ta kua se nalazi na Dedinju.
To je sigurno lijepa kua. Pa jest.
3amTO TaKO AY~O? 3ap OHH jom HHcy OHH HMajy CTaH, a~ HHXOB cTaH Hehe
Ham~ CTaH? 6HTH c~o6oAaH paHuje.
KalI. r. H ~-~a CUHT OA~3e OAasAe? OHH oCTajy OBAe 6ap jom TpH HeAe~e.
462
463
UNIT 21
Weekend Vikend
cau pIva.
B
.....
I could mogao bih llorao 6HX
/roci (Cr)
,.
pastry, cake kolac pl. kol~ci RO.JIa. II
to # l ~ I ~ #
All right, lim not thirsty, U r~du, j~ nIsam y pe~y, ja HHcau EeAaH,
but I could eat a roll I I I
or a cake. ~dan, ali bih a~ 6HX Morao ~a noje~el(
I ,,' ' _
je~HY RH~AY HAH KO~~.
I I
mogao uzeti jednu
emiCku1ili kolac.
A
...
weekend vikend SHReHA
Where are you going to Gdje ete provesti' r~e heTe npos~CTHls~KeH~~
spend the weekend?
vikend?
B
,
right, Btraight, prav, -a, -o "
opas, -a, -o
just
464
To tell the truth lim tired, Pravo da vam k~zem, ITP~BO ~a Ba~ K:~ev, YMopaH
and lim thinking of I
staying at horne. Umoran sam i caM IH HaUepaBaM
" - - Aa
, l, I I, -
namjeravam ostati ocTaHeM KO~ Kyhe.
kod kue.
donlt nemojte
~ J _ .. _
best, the best n~jbolji, -a, -e Haj6o.ltH. -a. -e
I
If you are tired, (then) Ako ste Umorni onda Axo eTe YMOPHH' ~HAa
donlt go anywhere. ThatIs I , ,
t t
the best [thing to do]. nemojte nikud2 ici. HeuojT6 HH~Ae HhR.
.1 ~ _
,
To je najbolje.
"
To je Haj6o.lte.
na nekoliko pIsama.
A
v , , I I #
What do you plan [to do]? Sto namjeravate? lliTa BH HauepaBaTe?
outside (with G)
,
van
.
BaH
or, izvan "
RaBaK
, "
outside the city, van grada BaH l"pap;a
in the country
J. ,
H~l"P;el
t
Welll surely go somewhere M! emo svakako ii Ml! heMO esaKaKO KIlK
in the country.
,
negdje 'l zvan gr~da. saH l"pap;a. -
..
unwillingly nerado Hepap;o
465
J.... I , ' I
I don't like staying at J! n~rado bstajem Ja HepaAO ocTa jeK ROA Ryhe
home on ('during') week- , ,
I I J.
end. kod kuce za vrijeme aa Bpaue BHKeHAa.
vikenda.
I I I l l l
I have to buy a couple of Trebam kupiti nekoliko Tpe6a Aa KynHu HeKOJIHKO
pencils and some envelopes ~ I I I ,,- -I I
and paper. olov~k~ i om~t~ i OJIOBKH H KOBepaT8 H
papIra. x~pTHje.
A
,
stationery store papirnica nanHpHH~
,
books tore knjiara KH:.H:lICB.pa
l' ,
I l I I
ITHcahH MaTepHjaJI ce npoAaje
Stationery is sold in
stationery stores and
bookstores.
Plsaci prIbor se
prbdaje u papIr-
.
y nanHpHHQaMa H
,
K~3apaMa.
I ,
nicama i knjiarama.
466
B
~ ~
to be writing, to pIsati, pIem nHcaTH, nHrneM
write
to write napIsati, da
~
HanHcaTH, Aa HanHmeM
, --
napIsem
I I ~
I I '
Although I donft like to Mada ne volim pisati, Ma~a Re BO~M ~a nBmeM,
write [letters], I have I I I
J. , I
to write a couple of moram ovog vikenda KOpaK OBO~ BHKeH~a ~a
pIsama.
I I
veC era ne bude Re 6y~e ~OTOBa.
gotova.
A
!
city v~ro f. Ba pom
I
When do you come home from Kad d~lazlte iz gr!da ~~ ~~~3HTeIKYhHIH3
the city? .!. #
BapOUIH?
B
, ,-
to be getting up, ustajati, ustajem yCTajaTH, YCTajeK
to get up
467
I
, , ,
A while back I used to sam dolazio PaHHje caK Aa~3HO KYhH
come home later, because I ~ ~ I
I used to get up later. kuci kasnije, jer KacHHje, jep caK
to get up ustati, da
,.
yCTaTH, Aa yCTaHeK
-
ustanem
,
to read proitati, da npO"lHTaTH, Aa
proitam np0"lHT&1l
, -
, ,
departure, leaving odlazak G. odlaska OA~3&K OA~CK&
pl odlasci
Now I have to get up early,
and read the Yugoslav ,
newspapers before leaving i proitati jugosla- H Aa npO"lHTaK jyro-
for the off J ce.
venske novine prije
I .
C~OBeHCKe
,
HOBHHe npe
~
I ~
OA~CK&
I Y KaHue~pHjy.
..
odlaska u ured.
B
~
Yes, I do. Da, zn~m. 3H&K.
A
, ,
Good for you. BJJB.ro BaMa:
Grammatical Notes
468
These examples from the Basic Sentences illustrate the way in which
perfective and imperfective verbs pair. The verb s used are:
What may be considered the Isimpler l verb form of each pair is on the left. The
forms on the right are augmented in some way. The augumented form
l. The simple, most basic, form of the verb may be either perfective or
imperfective. For example, !kUpiti! is perfective, !plsati! is im-
perfective. Most simple verbs having no prefix are imperfective.
2. A prefix added to a simple form makes it perfective: !pIsati! is
imperfective, jnapisati! is perfective, !1tati! is imperfective.
!procitati! is perfective.
3. Suffixes different from those of the corresponding perfective verb
may be added to make the verb imperfective:
Perfective Imperfective
kUp - i - ti kup - ov - a - ti
osta- -ti osta - j - a - ti
469
4. There may be differences in the form of the root itself between per-
fective and imperfective.
Perfective Imperfective
prO-yes-ti pro-vod-iti
pro-ved-em pro-vod-Im
Here the difference is primarily that of the vowel (/-e-/ in the perfective
/-0-/ in the imperfective). (The form in /-s-/ before /-ti/ is predictable.)
Another verb set is:
Perfective Imperfective
dolaziti
dolazIm
dolazio
pi- -ti
po- pi- -ti
kup- -i- -ti
kup- -ov- -a- -ti
kup- -u- -je- -m
po- kaz- -iv- -a- -ti
As has been seen, nearly all verbs occur in pairs, one being imperfective,
the other perfective. In ordinary speech some verbs are used only in the im-
perfective form, the perfective counterpart not occurring. This restriction is
more a matter of meaning than of form. These verbs either refer to actions
470
There are only a few basic patterns into which nearly all the aspect
relations of verbs fall. The most frequent pattern is:
Other prefixes plus Simple Form (p) Other prefixes plus Expanded Form (I)
(Note also the considerable shift of meaning here.) The simple form and expanded
form without prefix form a perfective-imperfective pair. A variation on this
471
la I lb I 2a p I 2b I
p p I and p I p I
p I
lb is for those verbs which do not have a perfective counterpart to the simple
imperfective form. Not all verbs pattern so neatly, but the vast majority do.
A few variations may be mentioned. Occasionally what appears to be a perfective-
imperfective pair consists of two completely different verbs, as I /govoriti/
Ito speak l P /rei/ Ito sayl) p /uti/ Ito hear l 1/sluati/ rta listen tal. In
some cases one verb may serve as a member of more than one pair:
I ii to go
P otIi to go (perfective of /ii/)
to leave I odlaziti to be leaving
There are also verb groups which have no simple verb, such as /izvIniti/.
This verb with its related forms belongs to pattern l.
There are in addition to the more common imperfective forms some with more
specialized meaning. For example:
/vIati/ has iterative meaning, indicating something which occurs over and over.
In most cases the ordinary imperfective verb is used in reference to such action.
Another example of specialized meaning is:
/izvolte sesti/ is 'please sit down'. /sedite/ 'be seated' is also used.
The following list gives some of the verbs which have occurred so far,
according to the above patterns:
472
473
474
The following verbs also fit in pattern l, but are listed separately be-
cause of the special features involved:
I pItati to be asking
p
p
upItati 1 to ask
zapItati
I tr~bati to be necessary
P ustrebati
to happen to be necessary
P zatrebati
Pattern 2a
Pattern 2b
475
/budemo/ is an example of the perfective present of /biti/. There are two sets
of present forms for this verb, one imperfective and the other perfective. The
perfective forms are used in subordinate clauses, like the above, referring to a
future possibility (rif it should be that we be too tiredr). The forms are:
Imperfective Perfective
While Note 21.1.1 was primarily directed toward the form, a great deal was
said or implied concerning the usage of the forms. Following is a summary
treatment of the usage.
476
off travelling'. Compare /zabrinuti sei 'to come to worry about'. More com-
monly the perfective refers to the completion of the action indicated by the
verb, as /pojestil 'to finish eating'.
In Note 19.1 the correspondence of the English simple verb with the
Serbo-Croatian perfective and the verb phrases in -ing with the imperfective
was pointed out:
In a general statement English normally uses the simple form of the verb, but
Serbo-Croatian normally uses the imperfective. There are, however, certain
usages in Serbo-Croatian where the perfective occurs in an independent clause.
As has been pointed out earlier, the perfective frequently occurs after
clause introducers such as /da/ Ithatl, lako/ lif', etc. The imperfective may
also occur but is less frequent. Some common clause introducers which have
occurred are:
Examples
477
The above sentence may mean either II have some letters to answer? or (as
in English) II have to (that is, must) answer some lettersl.
478
Grammatical Drill
Imperfective Perfective
dolaziti - doi
piti - popiti
l 2
aj au piva
pivo au vode
vino cau vina
au mleka
jesti - pojesti
479
ii - otii
GD 21.2.1 The following gives sentences using the imperfective present with
transforms using the verb leletil plus the perfective present of the original
verb.
480
Obino izlazim negde subotom uvece. elim da izaem negde u sUbotu uvece.
Toma svrava svoja posla brzo i Toma zeli da svri svoja posla brzo
dobro. i dobro.
Ja unosim sam svoje stvari u voz. Ja elim da unesem sam svoje stvari
u voz.
Oni se vraaju kui u pet. Oni zele da se vrate kui u pet.
Mi svraamo uvek u Zagreb iz Splita. Mi elimo da svratimo u Zagreb iz Splita.
Moji roditelji se odmaraju od puta. Moji roditelji ele da se odmore od
puta.
Zora pie pismo svojoj majci. Zora zeli da napie pismo svojoj majci.
GD 21.2.2 Following the model given, replace the phrase with /treba/ (as
/treba da kupil) with the past of the other verb (as /je kupila/).
veere.
Deca treba da pojedu prvo meso, pa Deca su pojela prvo meso, pa onda
onda kolae. kolae.
481
Kad napiem pismo majci, onda idem Kad sam napisao,pismo majci, onda sam
u bioskop. otiao u bioskop.
When I finish writing the When I wrote the letter to my
letter to my mother, then mother, then I went to the
Ilm going to the movies. movies.
eim stignem u Sarajevo otii u kod eim sam stigao u Sarajevo otiao sam
Jovana. kod Jovana.
eim kupim koverte i hartiju odgovo- im sam kupio koverte i hartiju
riu prvo majci. odgovorio sam prvo majci.
Kad Jovan doe kui javiu vam Kad je Jovan doao kui javio sam vam
telefonom. telefonom.
Neemo ui u voz pre nego to nosac Nismo uli u voz pre nego to je nosac
unese nae kufere u voz. uneo nae kufere u voz.
Dok deca ne popiju mleko neu im Dok deca nisu popila mleko nisam im
dati kolace. dala kolace.
im puste, mi emo ui u voz. im su pustili, mi smo uli u voz.
im poe voz, ja u se vratiti kui eim je poao voz, ja sam se vratio
sa stanice. kui sa stanice.
Kad uzmemo taksi idemo kui. Kad smo uzeli taksi otili smo kui.
Kad se odmorim, ii u kod Jovana. Kad sam se odmorio, otiao sam kod
Jovana.
Ne mogu da odgovorim na pismo majci, Nisam mogao da odgovorim na pismo
dok ne kupim koverte i hartiju. majci, dok nisam kupio koverte i
hartiju.
Oni ne ele da idu u Jugoslaviju, Oni nisu otili u Jugoslaviju, dok nisu
dok ne nauce srpskohrvatski. naucili srpskohrvatski.
Toma je danas posle podne napisao Toma e danas posle podne napisaci
pismo roditeljima. pismo roditeljima.
Tom wrote a letter, to his Tom will write a letter to his
parents this afternoon. parents this afternoon.
482
l) The student is to give the answer to the question (on the left).
2) The student is to give the transfarm (on the right) on hearing the
original question, and the next student is to answer this transfarm.
Kad Toma (obino) dolazi kui? Kad Toma treba da doe kui?
When does Tom usually come home? When is Tom supposed to come home.
U koliko sati deca piju mleko? U koliko sati deca treba da popiju
mleko?
Kad stie brzi voz iz Zagreba? Kad treba da stigne brzi voz iz
Zagreba?
Kad polazi brzi voz za Zagreb? Kad treba da poe brzi voz za Zagreb?
U koliko sati poinje pozorite? U koliko sati treba da poene
pozorite?
483
484
, I v
Ja obieno provodim vikende van grada. ~ Zelim da provedem vikend van grada.
Ji
Ja sam provodio vikende van grada. __tl_~> Ja sam proveo vikend van grada.
~t
Ja u provoditi vikende van grada. 5 > Ja u provesti vikend van grada.
The subjects of these sentences, beginning with the model, may be drilled
in the following order: /ja on ona mi oni/o To this may be added subjects
such as /Zora/, /Toma/, /moji prijatelji/, etc.
ostajati - ostati
On uvek ostaje kod kue za vreme On mora da ostane kod kue ovog vikenda.
vikenda.
odlaziti - otii
Ona odlazi u kancelariju u pola devet. Ona treba da ode danas u kancelariju
u pola devet.
dolaziti - doi
citati - procitati
Oni citaju novine pre odlaska Oni treba da procitaju novine pre
od kue. odlaska od kue.
485
ustajati - ustati
Zora ustaje rano svakog jutra. Zora mora jutros da ustane rano.
kupovati - kupiti
uiti - nauiti
odsedati - odsesti
izlaziti - izai
zadocnjavati - zadocniti
svravati - svriti
uzimati - uzeti
Oni uvek uzimaju karte u gradu. Oni treba da uzmu karte na eleznikoj
voditi - odvesti
~ vodi nedeljom posle podne decu Zora treba da odvede decu danas posle
u bioskop ili pozorite. podne u bioskop.
GD 21.5 Question and Answer Drill with Prompt on the Basic Sentences
486
kui.
Ja moram da ustanem rano. Kad ustajete?
Moram da proitam jugoslovenske Za~to morate da ustanete rano?
novine pre odlaska u kancelariju.
Gdje ste proveli vikend~ Jovane? Proveo sam vikend kod kue.
Zar niste ili negdje izvan grada? Nisam iao nigdje. Ostao sam kod kue.
Kako to~ da ste ostali kod kue? Pravo da vam kaem~ bio sam umoran.
Zar se vi moete odmoriti kod kue? Za~to da ne. Nisam ni~ta radio i lijepo
sam se odmorio.
Pa morali ste neto raditi. Napisao sam samo nekoliko pisama. To
je sve.
487
KaRO TO, Aa OCTaHeTe ROA Ryhe?! ITpaso Aa saM Ra~eM, 6HO caK yKopaH.
3ap S~ MozeTe Aa ce OAMopHTe 3amTO Aa He. HHcaM HHIDTa paAHO H
ROA Ryhe? ~eDO caM ce OAMOpHO.
ITa MopaJn! cTe HeIDTO paAHTH? HanHcao caK HeRO~~RO nHcaMa. To je cse.
3amTO CTe OHAa DHca~H DHcMa RaA cTe ITHcao caM aaTO IDTO caM Kopao.
6~JIH YMOpBH?
CMHTa.
liTa je XTeo sam DpHjaTe~? TpaZHO je HeKa 06asemTe~a H Kopao caK
Aa My OArOBopHM.
GD 21.6.2
488
,
Zar neete ostati ovdje za vrijeme Ne, necu.
vikenda?
To je do cetvrtka. Ako ostanete i II Zagreb mi se mnogo dopada. Ali, moram
petak, onda moete provesti vikend se vratiti kui prije vikenda.
s nama.
Zar vam se ne dopada Zagreb?
~to vam se dopalo u Zagrebu? Dopao mi se cijeli grad. Nisam znao
da je Zagreb tako lijep.
Koje znamenitosti grada niste vidjeli? Nisam vidio stari dio grada.
Ako elite mi vam moemo pokazati Naravno. Vi sigurno dobro poznajete
taj dio grada. Zagreb.
Vrlo dobro. Gdje emo se nai? Mogu. Do vienja.
To je ,lJ;O qeTBpTRa. ARo OCT8HeTe H y 3aflpe6 MIor ce lIRoro cBH~a. AJIH, MopaM
neTaR, OH,lJ;a Mo~eTe npoBecTH BHKeHp; Aa ce BpaTHM KyhH npe BHKeHAa.
c HaMa.
3ap BaM ce He cBH~a 3aflpe6?
lliT8 BaM ce CBHAe~o y 3aflpe6y? CBHAeo MH ce ueo f1paA. HHcaM aHao ,lJ;a je
3aflpe6 TaKO ~en.
Koje aH8MeHHTOCTH f1paAa BHcTe BHAeJIH. HHcaM BHAeo cTapH Aeo f1paAa.
}lo BH~eHa.
GD 21.6.3
489
U kojoj knjiari ste bili? Bio sam u onoj knjiari preko puta
hotel Mazestika. Ne znam kako se
zove.
Ako hoete ja vam mogu pokazati jednu Vrlo rado. Ovi omoti, koje sam kupio
papirnicu, koja je dobro opskrbljena nisu ni za ta. l
pisaim priborom.
Ako hoete, moemo otii odmah u tu Hajdemo. Inace, veceras moram napisati
papirnicu. nekoliko pisama.
na jecTe ~ KynH~H KOBepTe H xapTHjy? JecaM, a~ HHcaM Hamao OHO mTO caM
TpaEHO.
Y KOjOj KB:.HzapH CTe 6HJIH? EHO caK y OHoj K~zaPH opeKO nyTa
xOTe~ MaEecTHKa. He 3HaM KaKO ce 30Be.
XoheTe JIH ~a BaK nOKa~eK je~HY Bp~o paAo. OBH KOBepTH, Koje caM KynHo
nanHpHHUY, Koja je ~o6po cHa6~eBeHa HHCy HH 3a mTa.
nHcahHM MaTepHja~OK.
l
Ini za ta/ - /nizata/ laren r t [good] for anything'
490
491
UNIT 22
.ilpaI"H npHjaTe,.l)y,
nope,n ayTonYTa sH,ne ce JIena, 3CHsonHCHa ceJIa H nyT je 3aHHM,.I)loJs. O,n 3arpe6a
ayTonyT npOJIa3H Kp03 ,nOJIHHY Gase CKOpO npaso, H36eraBajyhH HaCe,.l)eHa MeCTa.
Bam npHjaTe,.l),
IJOH
Dragi prijatelju,
492
to be crossing, to prelaziti,
cross prelazim
-o
,
border, frontier, limit granica rpaHl1IIa
493
J ,
carinski prijegled.
,
kilometre kilometar KHJIOMeTap
O.n r p~HHue ~o
I ,
There are about 630 km. Od granice do Beo- Eeorpa.na'
(from the border to l. I 4 j J.
Belgrade). grada lma oko 630 HMa OKO 630 KM. (meeT
km (~ststo
CTOTHHa .L
TpH~eceT '
KHJIO-
And the trip takes about A v5nj a traj e H at3Ha TpJje oTnpiJIHKe
ten hours with stops. I .L '
'
otprIlike deset ,neceT caTH ea O,nMopHua.
, I
sati s dmorima.
~v1carsk5j. CKOj.
from there odatle
to be changing, to mijenjati,
change
mijenjam
open
otva:ram
,
mountain basin, kotlina KOT~HHa
depression
, I , Jo ,
Immediately after Kranj Odmah lza Kranja OAMax Haa Kpaua nOCTeneHO
the Ljubljana basin ,
ce OTsapa
,
~y6~RcKa
gradually opens out. postepeno se otvara
I ~
,
Ljubljanska kotlina. KOTJJHHa.
position, location
495
zanimljiv.
avoiding iZbjeg~vajui
bypassing zaobilazei
,
to settle naseliti, da HaeeJlHTH, Aa
,
naselIm HaeeJIiIl
,
settled naseljen, -a, -o Haee..l>eH, -a, -o
J.'
From Zagreb the autoput Od Z~greba autoput OA 3irpe6a ayTonyT np0JI8.3H
goes through valley of l , , l
the Sava the [in] an prolazi kroz dolinu Kp03 AO~HHY Case eKOpo
almost straight [line], , I , , .l
avoiding inhabited places. Save, skoro r~vno, npaso, H36erasajYhH
~ " I
l
Haee.heHa MeCTa.
,
zaobilazeci naseljena
without
l l
Only motor vehicles go Autoputom saobraaju AYTonYTeM cao6pahajy callo
along the autoput, and I I , l , l
one drives fast and samo motorna vozila, MOTopHa B03HJI8., Te ce
without difficulty I I , I l , I l ,
(Idifficulties l ). pa se vozi brzo i B03H 6P30 H 6e3 TemKOha.
bez potek6a.
496
collision sudar
,
cy,nap -
497
of two
I I
sudar dvaju auto-
mobIla.
That was the only delay and T5 je blo jedini ToJ..Je 6HO
J'e~HHM to.
3aCTO JI
detour. ; I
zastoj i skretanje
l
H CKpeTsae c nYTS.
. ..
s puta.
.. ..
necessary potreban, nOTpe6aH. nOTpe6as.
potrebna, -o -o
greet ,
pozdravljam n03,ll,paB.lJiM
I I I .. I Cp~a\{HO
[Your friend John] sends V~s i Vae s~dano Bac H Bame
hearty greetings (to
you and yours). pozdravI ja.
These are examples of the imperative of the verb. The imperative ending
itself is l-il or l-ji, more rarely nothing at all (no examples above). As a
rule /-i/ occurs after consonants, /-j/ after vowels. The above examples may
be grouped according to verb type:
An a-verb has the stem formative suffix /-a/ before the imperative ending. Most
verbs have no stem formative suffix before the imperative /-i/ or /-j/: /izvin-I,
/oprost-/, /dones-/, etc. The precise patterning of the imperative ending with
the other endings is best seen in an overall view of the verb forms (see Note
22.2).
The imperative in /-i/ or /-j/ alone is the second person singular familiar:
/pitaj/, /izvini/, /oprosti/, /donesi/, /idi/, /daj/, etc. This should be
avoided by the learner as impolite to nearly everyone he may meet. The form
with the ending l-tel is more polite (though an imperative form is not always
the polite way of requesting action).
The first person plural l-mol is occasionally used, e.g. Idonesimol IletIs
carryi. Compare the defective verb /hajdemo/ Iletis goJI. (This verb occurs
only in the imperative, normally /hajdel or Ihajdemo/.)
Traditional grammar compares the third plural of the verb with the im-
perative. There is no connection between the two forms, and the stress is
often different, but the comparison of the endings may have some mnemonic value.
499
l) When the 3 pl. ends in /-e/ or /-U/ after a consonant or /-JU/ after
a long vowel, the imperative ending is /-i/ (/-ite/)
2) When the 3 pl. ends in /-Jul after a short vowel, the imperative ends
in a long vowel plus /-j/ (/-jte/).
(There are some verbs with alternate present forms which will not fit this
pattern. )
The negative imperative, that is, /ne/ plus the imperative, occurs with
all imperfective verbs: /ne kupujte/, /ne dolazite/, /ne govorite/o /ne/ rarely
occurs with perfective verbs, but a few are so used: Ine dajte/o
The negative imperative is not as much used as the negative verb /nem5jte/
plus infinitive (see Note 22.1.3).
Compare:
k~zati k~em k~zao
,
v~zati v~em vezao
v~i ti vf.lm v~io
pIsati pIem pIsao
500
Here the stress moves back to the prefix in the present. If these two types
of stress pattern are outlined, it appears that they are the same. Using V for
a short vowel, 'vv for a long vowel and j.j for stress, the patterns are:
- vv - V- V -VV-VV-
,
~
,
- a -i a - e - m
k a z a t i k . e - m
- V - vv
.-V - V - V
.
. vv
- - vv -
,
- o - ~
,
- a - i - o -
,
a e -
P o k a z a t i p o k a e m
The pattern for jk~zatij is the same as that for Ipok~zatil but lacks the
first V. In other words the lal of Ipok~eml has the same stress as the lal of
Ik.em/. Compare:
- V - - V -vV - V - V - V - - V, - vv - vv -
r a z g o v ~ r a t i r a z g o v a r a m
,
r a z g o v a r a o
,
r a z g o v a r a j 11
a-verbs (of this pattern), which add a syllable (j-juj) in the third
person plural, have the same stress for this form as they do for the infinitive
and l-participle. The same pattern with only one syllable before the stem for-
mative suffix is:
vv VV- V - vv - vv -
m <5 r a t i m "o r a m
m <5 r a o
m <5 r a j ti
501
Other variations are possible when the present stem has a short vowel:
. .
- V- V- vv - V - V - V- V- V- vv -
s a ~ e k f vat i s a ~ e
k u J ~ m
s a ~ e k f v a o
Or when both are short vowels:
-V-V-V-V
. . .
,
- V - V -
,
vv -
g o vor i t i g o vor ! m
,
g o vor i o
-V--V-V
, - V- -
,
vv -
p u s t i t i p u s t ! m
A line is drawn after the V for stem formative suffix. This position is the
most convenient as a point of reference for the stress shifts. The infinitive
ending is in parentheses as not covered by the pattern.
When the imperative is added to the pattern, it is seen that the stress of
the imperative falls on the same syllable as in the infinitive for i-, e- and
a/Je-verbs but the same syllable as in the present for a-verbs and a/j~-verbs.
Examples:
but
pItati pItam pItajte
putovati putujem putujte
502
This is the most frequent stress pattern among verbs. Nearly all verbs
with stem extensions in Ivi (/-av-I, I-iv-I, I-ov-I, lev-I) follow this pattern.
Many, if not most, verbs having a single long vowel in the syllable preceding
the stem formative suffix (as Ij~v-I in IJ~vitil also follow this pattern. Verbs
with short vowels are not predictable.
Some verbs which have occurred and have this pattern are:
la -vV-V I -Vv-VV
r~diti r~dIm r~dite
pl~titi pl~tIm pl~tite
pItati p!ta:m p!ta:jte
j~viti j~vIm j~vite
svf.i ti svf.Im svf.ite
iveti ivIm ivite
sviati sVI8:m
,
kUpiti kUpIm kupite
v~zati v~em v~ite
lb -V-vV-V I V-Vv-VV
, ,
razgovarati razgova:ram razgova:rajte
,
uznemiravati uznemlrava:m (ne) uznemlravajte
(ne) uznemlrt1jte
pogl~dati poglda:m pogldajte ga
,
pozn~vati pozna:j~m
lc -v-vV-V I V-V-VV
sa~ekfvati sa~ekuj~m (ne) sa~ekujte se
ld -V-V I -V-VV
pustiti pustIm pustite
voziti vozim vozite
,
voditi vOdIm vodite
503
..
le -V-V-V / -V-V-VV
putovati putujem putujte
provoditi orovodIm provodite
izvoleti izvolim izvol(i)te
dozvoliti dozvolIm dozvolite
,
stanovati stanujem stanujte
zadocniti zadocnIm zadocnite
otvoriti otvorim otvorite
The verb forms involved in discussing this pattern have been the infini-
tive, the present, the l-participle and the imperative. It is convenient to
restrict the discussion to these forms at the present time.
A large number of verbs have the same stress on all these forms. The
stress varies from verb to verb, but each verb keeps its stress throughout the
forms. With some verbs it is possible to see the consistency of a pattern. For
example:
..
-v -V- -V-V -V -V-V-V -V
, ,
vracati obraati saobraati
cekati saekati
pasti dopasti
praviti napraviti
opravljati
gledati pogledati
razgledati
A whole series of related verbs may have the same pattern, as:
504
snabdeti
stajati vecerati
stii
stizati
trajati -v-v-v-v-v-
trebati interesovati
videti
zaliti se
For comparison some other verbs having different patterns may be given.
In addition to variations among the forms previously mentioned, a number of
verbs, have, in some speech, a shift of stress in the present before l-mol and
l-tel, e.g. /id~mo/, /id~te/.
505
i I initi inIm to do
i p uiniti da uinIm
Grammatical Drill
piti I - popiti P
jesti I - pojesti P
ii I - otii P
citati I - procitati P
uciti I - nauciti P
507
doi P - dolaziti I
provesti P - provoditi I
Provedite sutra vikend kod kue. Nemojte provoditi sutra vikend van
Bie ravo vreme. grada. Bie ravo vreme.
dati P - davati I
euti P - sluati I
kazati P - kazivati I
rei P - govoriti I
508
The above drill may be repeated using the second person singular (familiar
form of the verb and relevant pronouns, e.g.
509
Platite, molim vas, moje pivo. Plati, molim te, moje pivo.
Treba mi veliki kufer. Koji kufer vam treba? Donesite mi veliki kufer.
510
Nisam jo svrio samo Da li ovaj posao treba Svrite taj posao danas.
jedan posao. da svrim danas? Hitan je. Nemojte
svrava ti taj posao
danas. Nije nita
hitno.
511
l
service plaza
512
l
/spojen/ 'connected'
513
Pa ~ nyT npo~a3a Kp03 Hace~eHa MeeTa? He, nyT H36eraaa Haee~eHa MeeTa KO~HKO
je Moryhe.
rAe CTe ee OAMapa~? OAMapao eau ee Ha eaMoM nyTy.
To je Ao6po. Ja caM VHC~HO Aa eTe He, ja peTKo RaA eapahaM HerAe KaA
ce o.zr,Mspa~ y HeKOM rpa.zr,y. nyTyjeK. CeM KaA KopaK.
OH.zr,a hy H ja aha y EeorpaA THM nyTev. To je Haj6o~e mTO vozeTe Aa ypaAHTe.
GD 22.4.2
Kad emo stii u Beograd? Mislim da nam treba jo oko dva sata.
Koliko kilometara ima jo do Ima jo 150 km.
Beograda.
To je otprilike dva sata vonje. Mozda nam nee trebati ni toliko.
Do sada nismo imali nikakvih potekoa Nismo, ali smo se cesto odmarali.
ili zastoja usput.
Da, ja sam se htjeo svratiti u Pa nismo se tako dugo zadrzali u
Ljubljanu. Ljubljani.
1i14
RaA heKo CTHhH y BeorpaA? MHC~M Aa BaM Tpe6a jom OKO ABa caTa.
KO~HRO RH~oMeTapa HMa jom AO l1)(a jom 150 KM.
EeorpaAa?
515
GD 22.5.2 Change all the following questions using present imperfective forms
of the verbs. Replace clauses with jtreba/ plus perfective with the simple
(imperfective) verb.
516
UNIT 23
J5via?
B
, l I l .. l
(It was) very nice. We Bilo je vrlo lijepo. EHAO je BpAO Aeno.
enjoyed ourselves very j
much. Drvno smo se ~~BHO CMO ce npoBJ~.
zabavljali.
A
~ ..
guest, customer g5st Gsg gosta roeT rOCTa
(hotel) Gpl gostiju rbcTHjy
gostiju?
B
I
I think there were about Mislim da nas Je btlo MHCAHK
~a Hac je 6HJIO
l
ten or us.
desetoro.
.
known poznat -a, :-0 n03HaT, -a, -O
1 .. J.
I knew all or them (Iall Svi su bIli poznati. CBH cy 6HJIH n03HaTH.
were known [to me]I).
cak .
llaK
even
.
to meet, encounter sresti, da cpecTH, Aa
sretnem, sreo
.
cpeTHeM, epeo
..
I ~ l call cpeo
. .KOA
. H:.HX
- I
I even met there a friend ak sam sreo kod njih tlaK
whom I hadntt seen for I , I .. I
a long time. i jednog prijatelja II jeAHor npHjaTe~
I I l '
koga nIsam odavno Kora HHcall OA&BHO
vidio.
BHAeo.
517
A
, , ,
to invite, to call pozvati, da n03saTH, ~a n030s8M
, , " "
pozovem, pozvao, n03sao, n03sa.na
pozvala
B
, .L l, " IJo "JJ
Why didnit you come? Zato n1ste doli? 3amTo HHeTe ~omAH'
razbolio.
for (with A) po no
518
or, lijenIk ~
JIellHHK -
, I
, .l
And instead of (our) coming I umjesto da doemo na H yMecTo Aa Ao~eMO Ha
to the party, I had to .. Jo
rush out after a doctor. prfm~nje, m5rao sam npHjeM, Mopao caM
I , "
ii po liJenIka. Hill! no JIeKapa.
suddenly iznena:da
, ,
high visok, visoka, SHCOK, sHcoKa, -Oj
-Oj visok!, -a:, BHCOKH, -ii, -o
-o
temperature temperatUra
or, vruica
519
j~vili.
confusion z~buna
izvijestIm H;3BecTHM
I ~ I I
~ I'
In the confusion my wife U onoj zabuni moja Y OHOj 3a6yHH Koja zeHa
forgo t to tell them
that we couldnit come. z~na je zabbravila je
3a60paBH~ ~a HX
, I
H3BecTi/~a H~
I
javiti da ne mozemo KozeMO
d6i.
,
to hope n~dati se, Ha~aTH ce,
n~dam se ~ -
HaAaM ce
angry, mad (at: Inal)) ljut, ljUta, -o; .h~T, .Il~Ta, -o;
hot (food) ljUtI, -a, -o ~ -
.IlyTH, -a, -O - -
.. , J. J.
No, they weren't mad Ne, nIsu bIli ljutil He, HHCY 6H~ .6yTH
at you.
na. vas. Ha Bac.
,
unexpectedly neoekIvano Heo~eKiBaHO
sprijeIm cnpe~HM
520
Cultural Note
Grammatical Notes
Note 23.1 Verb: 'there is', 'there was', 'there will be'
Note 23.1.1 /ima/ 'there is, there are', /lmaju/ 'there are'
/ima/ (and also /imaju/, which is not illustrated here) may be used in two
ways - transitively (examples in a) above) and intransitively (examples in b)
above). The transitive use has an object (see the examples) or may refer to a
situation where an object is mentioned, as Ida, imal 'yes, he hasI in answer to
lima li mali stan?/ 'does he have a small place to live?'. Any form of /imati/
may be used transitively.
521
siri, meaning 'there is also a cup of tea, sir'; Idoes some ('ofl) mail exist
today', 'yes, it exists' meaning 'is there any mail today?l, 'yes, there is'.
/lm/ and /imaju/ in this usage correspond to English 'there is, there are l .
What follows the 'is, are' of English is the subject of the verb in Serbo-
Croatian. Of the two forms /ima/ is usually used with a singular verb when a
neuter quantity word, such as /mnogo/, /nekoliko/, etc. is the subject, as lima
nekoliko pisama/ or when numerals are used: lima pet gradova/, lima dve piJace/.
/ima/ is also used with the genitive of quantity indicating what lisi: lima
pote/, lima velikih pijaca u gradu/. /imaju/ may be used before the
numerals /dva/, Itrij and /etiri/, (/imaju dve pijace/) and is regularly used
with the nominative plural of the noun as SUbject (/im~ju mnogi gradovi/,
/imaju velike pijace u gradu/). The use of the nominative shows the reference
is more specific. The use of the genitive indicates indefinite quantity. (Note
that with other verbs the use of the plural form is optional with the numerals
/p~t/ and above, as explained in Note 13.1.2.)
Some nouns occur in the genitive singular after /ima/, others in the
genitive plural:
ima li vode
ima li pijaca
Contrast also:
In summary:
l. The noun indicating what is said to exist may be in the nominative and
agree with the verb: lima jedna pijaca/. Rarely the plural occurs
/imaju mnogi hoteli/.
522
The verb agrees with the subject, though the latter is often neuter (and
so singular) due to the use of collectives and other quantity words. See
examples in the drills.
The future of /biti/ (in the third person singular - /ble/) is used for
Ithere will be'. Although /imati/ and /biti/ are completely different verbs,
they pattern together in reference to the existence of items. Compare:
Bilo je, ima i bie ljudi tamo. There were, there are, and there
will be people there.
523
To je bilo davno.
The last example has the pronoun /t5/ as sUbject. In this use /t6/ is
invariable. The adjectives /t~ko/, /tacno/ are predicates, with what follows
being the subject of the verb (that is, /ostati bez vode/ and Ida je ovde teko
putovati vozom/.) The latter clause has /tko/ in the predi cate with /ovde ...
putovati vozorn/ as sUbject.
524
The noun /g5st/ tguest, customer' has the ending /-iju/ in the genitive
plural. Note also the vowel length and stress changes:
525
N g~st gosti
A gosta goste
,
G gosta gostiju
,
D gostu gostima
,
I gostom gostima
Neuter: ',
pIece Ishoulder blade l pl. ',
pleca G pleiju
There is some variation in usage of these f'orms, as the genitive plural endings
I-a/ and /-1/ also may occur. /prsa/ (n. N pl.) may also be used instead of'
Iprsi/. Note how many of' these are body parts, and that several occur in pairs.
This is an example of' the pluperf'ect. This verb construction is not very
common in Serbo-Croatian. The elements of it are: present form of' 'to be' +
11/ participIe of' Ibiti/ + /1/ participIe of' verb denoting the action involved.
Here: /smo/ + /bili/ + /uplaili se/. The position of' Ismo/ and /sel are or
course determined by enclitic order. Both of' the /1/ participles agree with
the SUbject.
526
,
a/e I zvati zovem zvao" zV~la to call
,
a/e p pozvati da pozovem pozvao" to call" invite
pozvala
a I pozfvati poz!vm to invite
527
Grammatical Drill
Ima jedna velika pijaca u gradu. Nema nijedna velika pijaca u gradu.
Ima dve velike pijace u gradu. Nema dve velike pijace u gradu.
Imaju dve velike pijace u gradu.
Ima pet velikih pijaca u gradu.
Ima velikih pijaca u gradu.
Ima mnogo velikih pijaca u gradu.
Ima nekoliko velikih pijaca u gradu.
528
Bio je samo jedan lep dan bez kie Nije bio nijedan lep dan bez kie
za vreme naeg odmora. za vreme naeg odmora.
Bila su dva lepa dana bez kie za
vreme naeg odmora.
Bilo je pet lepih dana bez kie za
vreme naeg odmora.
Bilo je nekoliko lepih dana bez kie
za vreme naeg odmora.
Bila je samo jedna slobodna soba Nije bila nijedna slobodna soba u
u hotelu. hotelu.
Bilo je samo jedno skretenje s puta.
Bio je samo jedan dobar prelaz preko
granice.
Bila je samo jedna benzinska pumpa
u tom delu grada.
529
Bile su jedne novine u sobi na krevetu. Nisu bile nijedne novine u sobi na
krevetu.
Bile su dvoje novine u sobi na krevetu.
Bilo je pet novina u sobi na krevetu.
Bilo je mnogo novina u sobi na krevetu.
Bilo je nekoliko novina u sobi na
krevetu.
Bila su jedna kola preko puta vae Nisu bila nijedna kola preko puta
kue. vae kue.
Bila su jedna vrata na kui s ulice. Nisu bila nijedna vrata na kui s
ulice.
Jovanu je bilo zao to ste imali
nesrean slucaj.
Njemu je bilo zao to ste imali
nesrean slucaj.
,
Bilo ~ je zao to ste imali nesrecan
slucaj.
Zora moj brat moja sestra moji roditelji g. i g-da Jovi Smitovi
530
,
(Question: Da li ce biti sveta?)
--- ---
Bie dobrih hotela. Nee biti dobrih hotela.
Tamo e biti dobrih hotela.
, ,
U restoranu ce sigurno biti hladnog U restoranu nece biti hladnog piva.
piva.
Bie bar hladnog piva. Nee biti hladnog piva.
Jovanu e biti milo to ete doi. Jovanu e biti zao to neete doi.
Bie mu milo to ete doi. Bie mu zao to neete doi.
Njemu e biti milo to ete doi. Njemu e biti zao to neete doi.
GD 23.1.4 /treba/
The following substitution drill has, where possible (except for the first
person singular) a negative transform using /gledati/. The final change of the
sentence is a transform into the reflexive. The first sentence is given as a
sample of the possible substitutions and transforms. Note that in the negative
transforms imperfective verbs are used after /treba/.
531
Sample pattern
Further Sentences for the above drill: For each of the following sentences
the instructor should select some substitutions from the above pattern, giving
cues (Ijal, Ioni, etc.) to the students in turn.
Jovan treba da nauci novu lekciju. Jovan ne treba da uci novu lekciju. On
,
vec zna tu lekciju.
Vi treba da donesete prtljag sa Vi ne treba da donosite prtljag sa
stanice. stanice. Va prtljag je ve donet.
Zora treba da izvesti Jovie da se Zora ne treba da izvetava Jovie. Oni
dete razbolelo. znaju da se dete razbolelo.
Oni treba da izau negde van grada. Oni ne treba da izlaze nigde. Vreme je
ravo.
532
eue l 2
Forms used mali auto
(ja) meni, mi caa hladne vode
(ti) tebi, ti jedna olovka
(on) njemu, mu jedan koverat sa hartijom
(ona) noj, joj jedno obavetenje
(mi) nama, nam jedna udobna stolica
(vi) vama, vam stan od tri sobe sa kupatilom
(oni) njima, im kua u predgrau grada Ina periferiji
533
Treba mi posao. 2c
l 2c
paso~
Varo~ ima jednu lepu ulicu. Ima jedna lepa ulica u varo~i.
Varo~ ima dve lepe ulice. Imaju dve lepe ulice u varo~i.
Oni imaju jednog gosta iz Francuske. Ima jedan gost iz Francuske kod njih.
Ovaj grad ima jednu dobro snabdevenu Ima jedna dobro snabdevena robna kua
robnu kuu. u ovom gradu.
Moj hotel ima dobrog portira. Ima dobar portir u mom hotelu.
Moja soba ima stoJ stolicu i ogledalo. U mojoj sobi imaju stoJ stolica i
ogledalo.
GD 23.2.2 The following model drills the transform from present limal to
past /bio/ (etc.)J with substitutions.
Ima jedna dobra papirnica u ovom Bila je jedna dobra papirnica u ovom
delu grada. delu grada.
Ima jedno lepo selo u okolini. Bilo je jedno lepo selo u okolini.
534
GD 23.2.3 The following model drills the transform from impersonal past /bilo/
to future /bie/ - /e biti/, with substitutions.
Joviima je bilo zao to niste doli Joviima e biti zao to neete doi
kod njih. kod njih.
Bilo im je ao to niste doli kod Bie im ao to niste doli kod njih.
njih.
Njima je bilo zao to niste doli Njima e biti zao to niste doli kod
kod njih. njih.
Mom ocu je bilo prijatno to ste Mom ocu e biti prijatno to ete odsesti
odseli kod nas. kod nas.
Jovanu je bilo zao to niste ostali Jovanu e biti zao to neete ostati
due kod njega. duze kod njega.
G. Joviu je bilo milo to se upoznao G. Joviu e biti milo da se upozna
s vama. s vama.
GD 23.2.4 The following model drills the transform from impersonal /trebalo/
to personal, with substitutions of person.
535
Koliko ima dobro snabdevenih radnji? Ima samo jedna dobro snabdevena radnja.
Koliko je bilo dobro snabdevenih Bilo je nekoliko dobro snabdevenih
radnji? radnji.
Da li ima dobro snabdevenih radnji? Da, ima.
Ne, nema.
Da, ima dobro snabdevenih radnji.
Ne, na zalost nema dobro snabdevenih
radnji.
Substitutions:
536
Substitutions:
Bili smo na prijemu kod Jovia. Da li ste bili na prijemu kod Jovia?
Bilo je vrlo lepo. Kako je bilo?
Nije bilo nita naroito.
Divno smo se proveli. Kako ste se proveli?
Bilo je puno gostiju. Da li je bilo puno gostiju?
Svi su bili poznati. Da li je bilo nepoznatih gostiju?
Bilo je nae staro drutvo. Da li je bio neko nepoznat?
Bilo je nepoznatih gostiju.
Bili su njihovi prijatelji iz Ko je bio?
Splita.
Mislim da ih vi ne poznajete. Da li ih ja poznajem?
Oni se zovu g. i g-a imi. Oni Kako se oni zovu? Da li su to mladi
su mladi ljudi, i vrlo lepo ljudi?
izgledaju.
Ja sam se upoznao s njima. Da li ste se upoznali s njima?
Sreo sam se s jednim starim Da li je bio jo neko?
prijateljem.
Veera je bila vrlo lepa. To je Kakva je bila veera?
u stvari bio bife.
Sve je bilo vrlo lepo spremljeno. Kako je bilo spremljeno?
I mi smo bili pozvani. Da li ste vi bili pozvani?
Na sin se razboleo i to nas je Zato nis te doli. ta vas j e spreilo
spreilo da doemo. da doete?
537
v
Pokvario je stomak. Sta je bilo? Od ega je dobio
temperaturu.
Jovii su vas oekivali da doete. Da li su nas Jovii oekivali?
Pitali su nas ta je s vama.
U onoj zabuni zaboravili smo da Zato niste nita javili?
izvestirno da ne moemo doi.
Oni su se naljutili na vas. Da li su se naljutili na nas?
Oni se nisu naljutili na vas.
Oni su ljuti na vas. Da li su oni ljuti na nas?
Oni nisu ljuti na vas.
Traio sam vas danas poslije podne ao mi je, ali poslije podne nisam
u uredu. dolazio u ured.
Gdje ste proveli poslije podne? Prvo sam iao na kolodvor da vidim da
li su stigle nae stvari.
Sad se ba vraam sa kolodvora.
to su vam kazali? Kazali su mi da su stvari tu ve tri
dana.
Zar vas nisu nita obavijestiIiI Nisu. Moete misliti koliko sam bio
o tome? ljut zbog toga.
Da li moete bar odmah dobiti stvari. Ne, inovnik kae da ne moemo dobiti
stvari dok se ne izvri carinski
pregled.
Koliko e to trajati? Oni kau da se to vri brzo.
Vi im morate kazati da ivite sa Tako sam i uradio.
obitelji u hotelu i da vam stvari
hitno trebaju.
Jeste li promijenili novac? Jesam, ali ne znam da li e mi sad
biti dovoljno.
Mislim da se danas mijenja novac u Vidjeti u, hvala to ste me obavijestili.
ambasadi. Zato ne vidite?
Nema na emu.
l
/obavijestiti/ Ito inform'
538
Tpa~Ho cav Bac ~aHac noc~e nOAHe Y ~ao MH je, a~H noc~e nOAHe HHcaM A0JIa3HO
KaHI:(eJIapHjH. y KaHr(eJIapHjy.
rAe cTe npOBe~H noc~e nOAHe? npBO cav Hmao Ha ~e~e3HH'IKY cTaHHr(y Aa
SHAHM Aa ~ cy CTHr~e Bame cTBapH.
CaA ce 6am spahaM ca cTaHHr(e.
Ka3a~ cy MH Aa cy cTBapH TY Beh TpH
~aHa.
3ap Bac HHCy RHmTa H3BeCTH~ o TOMe?! HHcy. MOEeTe MHC~HTH KO~KO caM 6HO
.byT 360r Tora.
~a ~ Mo~eTe 6ap OAMax Aa A06HjeTe He, 'IHHOBHHK KaEe Aa He MozeMO Ao6HTH
cTBapH. cTBapH AOK ce He H3BpmH I:(apHHCRH
nper~eA.
XHTHO Tpe6ajy.
JeCTe npOMeHH~ Hosar(? JecaM, a~H Be 3HaM Aa ~ he MH C&A 6HTH
AOBO.IJHO.
MHC~M Aa ce AaHac veHa HOBar( y BHAehy, xsaJIa Ha 06aBemTe~.
GD 23.5.2
Hoete li ii veceras u kazalite? Na alost neemo.
Kako? Zar vi niste uzeli karte za Jesmo, ali ne moemo ii. Na sin se
veceras? juce razbolio.
to mu je bilo. Nije valjda nita Jo nije sigurno da li je i koliko
ozbiljno? ozbiljno. Jue je imao visoku
temperaturu.
to kaze lijecnik? Ljekar misli da nije nita opasno.
Od ega je dobio temperaturu? Od stomaka. Danas nema vruice, ali
ne moemo ii nigdje.
To je razumljivo. ta ste radili Daemo ih naim prijateljima Joviima.
s kartama? ena je to ve uredila sa gospoom
Jovi.
Jeste bili kod njih jue? Nismo. Mali nam je pokvario cijelu
vecer.
539
GD 23.5.3
Molim vas, gospoo Jovi, izvinite Mi smo vas oekivali i bilo nam je ao
nas to jue nismo doli. to niste doli.
I nama je bilo ao, ali nismo mogli, Ja sam otprilike znala da vas je neto
iako smo eljeli da doemo. sprijeilo da doete.
Lijenik kae da nije nita opasno. Hvala Bogu, kad nije nita ozbiljno.
Izgleda da je pokvario stomak. Mi emo se vidjeti drugi put.
Sve se deailo tako iznenada, da vas Tako je gospoo sa djecom. Njima se
u onoj zabuni nisam ni obavijestila uvijek neto neocekivano dogodi.
da ne moemo doi.
Molim, izvinite me. Ne treba nita da se izvinjava te. I ja
sam majka i znam kako je kad se dijete
razboli. Hvala Bogu da mu je dobro.
Hvala vam. Do vienja. Do vienja.
540
MO~M Bac, rocno~o JOBHh, Aa Hac MH CMO Bac O'leKHBa~ H 6HJIO HaM je 3:8.0
H3BHHHTe mTO jy~e HHCKO AOW~. WTO HHcTe AOlliJIH.
H Halla je 6HJIO DO, aJnf HHCIfO 1f0rJm, Ja caM OTopH~Ke 3Ha~ Aa Bac je HelliTO
HaKO CMO ~eJIe~H Aa A0ge1l0. Cnpe'lHJIO Aa AogeTe.
MaJIH ce pa360JIeo. RaA je Tpe6aJIo Aa HaAaM ce Aa HHje HemTO 036H~HO. JecTe
no~eMO, OH je A06HO BeJIHKy TeMnepa- 3BaJIH JIeRapa ?
Typy.
JeCKO. YnAalliHJIH CliO ce 360r TeMoepa- lliTa je Kasao JIeKSp?
Type. Moj MY~ je OAKax OTHwao oo
JIeKapa
~eKap Ka~e Aa HHje HHlliTa onaCHO. XBa~ Bory, KaA HHje HHlliTa o36H~HO.
M3rJIeAa Aa je nOKBapHo cTOMaK. MH heKo ce BHAeTH ApyrH OyT.
CBe ce AeCHJIO TaKO H3HeHaAa, Aa Bac TaKO je rocno90 ca AeuoM. RHMa ce
y OHoj 3a6yHH HHcaM HH H3BeCTHJIa yBeK HeWTO HeO'leKHBaHO AecH.
Aa He Mo~eMO AohH.
MOJIHIf Bac Aa Me H3BHHHTe. He TpeOa HHlliTa Aa ce H3BHHBB8T8. H ja
caK MajKa H 3HaM KaKO je KaA ce AeTe
P8360JIH. XB8Aa Bory Aa My je A06po.
lJ.o BHgeHa.
541
UNIT 24
llparR npHjaTe~y,
OB~e
UMa ~OBO~HO CBeser nOBpha R BOha y A06a ce30He. 060je cy Ao6por RBaAH-
TeTa R npoAajy ce Ha nujaQR. OA nOBpha RMa: 60paHuje, rpamxa, KpovnRpa, nacy~,
3e~eHe ca~Te RTA. OA Boha RMa, pa3HHX BpCTa ja6YRa B KpymaRa, ~BBa, jaroAa,
Ma~RHa B KynRHa. CKOpO csaKB Aeo rpa~a BMa csojy nRjany. r~BHR npOR3Bo~a~R cy
jom yseR ce~UR. OHR AH~HO npoAajy cBoje npOB3s0Ae. OSAe ce ynoTpe6~Bajy Me-
TapCRe Mepe R CBe ce npoAaje u Mepu Ha KR~orpaM R ARTap.
~eco u x~e6 cy r~BHa xpaHa, a r~BHO nUhe Ka~, ~HBOBR~ u BHHO. r~aBHo
PB6e HeMa AOBO.IIHO, R3Y3eB y npBMopCKRIl Kpa jeBBMa. HeMa OCKYAHue Y xpaHR HH y
TeKcTH~Hoj p06u, a~R 6poj npOAaSHHua je HeAOBO~R. Be~HKa cpeACTBa ce Tpome
Aa ce oBaj HeAocTaTaK OTK~OHR R Aa nOTpOmaqR He ry6e 360r Tora BpeMe. KO~RKO
ce y TOMe ycne~o He 3Hall.
npHMRTe MHoro cpAa~HRX n03ApaBa OA Hac CBHjy
Bam npRjaTe~,
ijOB
Dragi prijatelju,
Meso i kruh glavna su hrana, a glavno pie jest ljivovica i vino. Teletina
je najskuplja, a janjetina 1 govedina su najjeftinije. Ribe nema dovoljno,
osim u primorskim krajevima. Nema oskudice u hrani ni u tekstilnoj robi, ali je broj
prodavaonica nedovoljan. Zato se troe velika sredstva da se ovaj nedostatak
ukloni i da potro~ai ne gube zbog toga vremena. Koliko se u tome uspjelo, ne
znam.
Primite mnogo srda~nih pozdrava od sViju nas.
Va prijatelj
D~on
, ,
vegetable, vegetables povrce nOBphe
, ,
fruit, fruits voce Bohe
season sez6na ce30Ha "
I I j
There are plenty of fresh bvdje Ima dovoljno OB~e HMa ~OBO~HO CBeEe~
vegetables and fruits
here in season.
I
svje~eg
I '
povrca i nOBpha H BOha1y ~t6a
" f.L
voca u doba sezon~.
' '"
ce30He.-
both oboje o6oje
peas "
:rpamSK "
:rpal1IKa
543
, , ,
green zelen, zelena, 3e~eH, -eHa, -eHO;
zeleno, zeleni;, "
3e~eHH, -a, -o
-a, -o
,
salad salata CaJUlTa
, , ~ "
various razan, razna, -o pa3aH, pa3Ha, -O
strawberry jagoda
,
raspberry malina Ma~HHS
blackberry kupina
I" l , , , J.
or rruits there are various Od voca ima, raznih OA BOha HMa, PS3HHX
kinds of apples and pears,
plums, strawberries, v~sta jabuka, kru- B~eTa ja6YRS, KPY-
raspberries and black-
berries. aka, ljIva, jagoda,
, I ,
malina i kupina. Ma~HaIH KYnHHa.
trnicu.
peasant
544
~
pl. Selj~ci Ce.haUH
own produce. I , ,
svoje proizvode. npoH3soAe.
i II tar.
I I
Supermarkets are also Sada se otvaraju 1
opening now. I ,
r~dnje sa samopos- ca caMonocJ!YI" OM.
luIvanjem.
pertaining to life, vital ivotnI, -a, -o
..
XHBOTHH, -a, -o
-
,
pertaining to food !venI, -a, -o )l(H Be >ICH H ,
,
-a, -o
victuals, foodstuff, na.mirnica /fve HaMHpHHua /)l(~Be>IC
food
or, Ivene
,
XHBOTHe HaMHpHHue
'
n~mirnice
including ukljuuju:r
food industries
I
prehranbena
npexpaa6eaa HHAycTpHja
industrija
J.'
The state farms and the Glavni dobavljai r~BaH cHa6AeS&'lH TaJ<BHX
food industry are the
main suppliers of such takvih trgovinskih
-
paA&H cy nO.bonpHSpeAaa
.
stores. riidnji'Jesu
546
, I
poljoprivredna dobra
industrija.
the cheapest .:
Hajje<pTHHHjH, -a, -e '- - -
-e
" I, I
# I _'
Veal is the most expensive, Teletina je najskuplja, Te~eTHHa je HajcKyn~,
and lamb and beef are the I
cheapest. a janjetina i a jarHeTHH8 H rOBe~HHa
'"
govedina su I
J.
cy Hajjeq,THHHje.
,
na.jjeftlnije.
547
krajevima.
,
shortage oskudica OCKYAHIJa
nedost~ci He,ZJ;OCTaUH
,
to remove otkloniti, da OTKJIOHHTH, ,ZI;a
otklonim
,
OTKJIOHHM
-
,
or, ukloniti, da yKJIOHHTH, Aa
uklonIm
,
yKJIOHHM
-
I I I I
For that reason great zato se troe velika 3aTo ce Tpome BeJIHKa
efforts are being made , I
(fmeans are spent l ) to sredstva, da se cpeAcTBa, Aa ce oaaj
remove this drawback. I J , _
ovaj nedosttak He~ocTaTaK OTKJIOHH~
uklonI.
to succeed uspjeti, da
, '- -
ycneTH, Aa ycnew
uspij~m
J I
How well they have suc- Koliko se u tame KOJIHKO ce y TOMe ycneJIo,
ceeded in this IdonIt ...
I ,
know. uspjelo, ne znam. He 3H&M.
greeting pozdr~v
...
n03ApaB
-
548
J I I
Very best wishes from all PrImite mnogo s~dacnih ITpHwHTe WHoro Cp~aqHHX
of us. I
pozdrava od svfju n03~paBalo~ H:C CBHjy.
!.
nas.
Grammatical Notes
/se/ generally refers back to the subject of the verb. If the verb is
a transitive one, which may take an object, /se/ is the object of the action.
At the same time it refers to the subject of the verb. All of the verbs with
/se/ in the above examples are transitive. Used without /se/ the subject lacts'
upon some other party. Used with /se/ the action is directed to the subject.
/oboje se prodaju/ indicates that selling is done with reference to the subject,
/oboje/. It might be literally translated 'both sell themselves'. It means
'both are sold'. Compare the non-reflexive and reflexive meanings of the verbs
involved:
,
prodavati to be selling prod~vati se to be (being) sold
otv~rati to be opening otv~rati se to be opening (of
(something) oneself)
troiti to be spending, troiti se to be being spent,
consuming consumed
Where the plain verb is transitive, as here, the reflexive may correspond to an
English passive (Ito be being soldl) or to an intransitive (Ito be opening' as
in Ithe door is openingl).
Compare also:
Pije se kafa. Meni se pije kafa.
The first example is of a verb which is always used with Ise/. The meaning
'happens l shows that the subject is concerned in the action. It shows the in-
volvement of the sUbject, without the sUbject being the one on whom the action
is taken. This is sometimes referred to as 'middle' as opposed to 'active' and
'passive'. Another good example of a 'middle' meaning is laliti sei Ito com-
plain' (/alitil 'to be sorry for'). The second example illustrates the use of
the dative with a reflexive. The word in the dative indicates the person or
persons concerned.
Beograd mi se dopada
The next two examples showa reflexive verb (/seati/, which is always used with
Ise/) with the genitive indicating the object of the action.
vi se ne seate nje
Another verb accompanied by the genitive is /bojati sei 'to be af'raid of':
/bojim se togal II'm afraid of that'. The last two examples show the reflexive
in a construction using the instrumental. The verb Isluziti sei Ito serve
oneself' is accompanied by the instrumental of the noun or pronoun indicating
the means by which one does so. 'Why donat you serve yourself more often by
means of' city transportationl? 'Because I have a car and serve myself by means
of it ('them!).1 The normal ~glish equivalent is luse'.
550
Note also the use of certain prepositions with given reflexive verbs:
Verbs which do not otherwise have direct objects may take Ise/. The
action, rather than the sUbject, is reflected. For example lidel 'hels going',
lide sei 'one goes l (that is, Igoing is donet). Compare:
Govori se da idete u Beograd. It's said (or, they say) that youIre
going to Belgrade.
Gleda se da se spase sve ~to se One sees to it that everything possible
is saved.
moze.
Ovde se prosi. ThereIs begging done here.
Treba da se izae negde ove We'll ('One willi) have to go out
somewhere this week.
nedelje.
Radi se o glavi. It's a matter of life or death.
(Iworks itself about a head l )
Reflexive verbs are often used in the third person singular with no sepa-
rate subject expressed, as in the above examples. In some cases the usage is
limpersonal, that is, a personal subject may not be added. lide sei Ione goes',
is such a construction, as are Iprosi sei, lizae sei, Iradi sei. In most
cases, however, a separate subject is possible. In the following examples a)
is impersonal, the verbs in b) sentences have a subject.
The past of the irnpersonal is the neuter /1/ participle plus /se/:
551
In summary, some verbs are never used with Ise/; others are used only
with Isel (that is, are always reflexive); most verbs may occur with or without
Ise/o Whether a verb occurs as a reflexive, and how it is used, must be learned
as the verbs are learned and used. Reflexive verbs may correspond to:
l. a passive construction
Pisai materijal se prodaje u Stationery is sold in bookstores.
knjiarama.
2. a middle voice
Ja se brinem za njega. I'm worried about him.
Beograd mi se dopada. I like Belgrade.
3. an impersonal construction
Izlazi se. One goes out.
The following list gives some idea of the variety of meanings carried by
reflexive verbs. Examples are occasionally given. Where the infinitives listed
do not normally occur (as such) with Isel, they are indicated by *. This means
that the third person singular with Isel is the form likely to be used. The
infinitive will occur as used in the formation of the future.
552
553
ii to go one goes
ld~ se
"" / izlci
izaci "" to go out da se {zae one goes out
/{zlaziti {zlazi se
554
nai se u to be in distress
nevolji
nai se nekome to help someone
u nevolji (D) in distress
555
556
557
558
559
Grammatical Drill
,
Kafa ce se piti posle Kafa e se popiti za veeru.
vecere.
Za veceru e se piti kafa Kafa 1 oaj e se popiti za
i caj, ta ko hoe. veceru.
560
, , , ,
Sveze povrce ce se kupovati Sveze povrce ce se kupiti na
na pijaci. na pijaci.
, , ,
jabu1;e i drugo Jabuke i drugo voce Jabuke i drugo voce kupice se
voce
kupovae se na pijaci. na pijaci.
,
Mleko e se donositi kui. Mleko ce se doneti kui.
,
kifle Kifle e se donositi kui. Kifle ce se doneti kui.
GD 24.2.1 According to the model given, make new sentences using the object
of the original sentence as the subject of a reflexive verb in the new sentence.
The subject of the original sentence is dropped.
562
Mi menjamo novac petkom pre podne. Novac se menja petkom pre podne.
On gubi mnogo u vremenu, ako putuje Gubi se mnogo u vremenu, ako se
vozom. putuje vozom.
Ovde ima dovoljno svezeg povra i Da li ovde ima dovoljno svezeg povra
voa u doba sezone. i voa?
Van sezone nema dovoljno svezeg
povra i voa.
I povre i voe su dobrog kvaliteta. Kakvog su kvaliteta?
Oboje su dobrog kvaliteta. Da li su dobrog kvaliteta?
Ni povre ni voe nisu dobrog
kvaliteta.
Sveze povre i voe se prodaju Gde se prodaju sveze povre i voe?
na pijaci.
Sveze povre i voe emo kupovati Gde emo kupovati sveze povre i voe?
na pijaci.
Sveze povre i voe e se kupo- Gde e se kupovati sveze povre i
vati na pijaci. voe?
Ima dobrih jabuka, ali nema dobrih Da li ima dobrih jabuka i kruaka?
kruaka.
Bilo je dobrih kruaka, ali sada Da li je bilo dobrih kruaka?
nema.
Sezona kruaka je prola. Zato nema dobrih kruaka?
Svaki deo grada ima svoju pijacu. Da li svaki deo grada ima svoju pijacu?
Glavni proizvoai povra i voa Ko su glavni proizvoaci povra i voa?
su seljaci.
Oni prodaju svoje proizvode na Gde oni prodaju svoje proizvode?
pijaci.
Maline i jagode sam kupio na pijaci. Gde ste kupili maline i jagode?
One se prodaju na pijaci. Gde se prodaju maline i jagode?
One se ne prodaju na pijaci.
One su se nekad prodavale na Da li su se maline i Jagode prodavale
pijaci. na pijaci?
One se sada prodaju u radnjama Gde se maline i jagode sada prodaju?
sa samoposlugom.
Mi ne troimo mnogo novaca na voe, Da li troite mnogo novaca na voe?
jer je ono jeftino.
Ove nedelje smo potroili mnogo Koliko ste potroili na hranu ove
na hranu. nedelje?
Ovde se upotrebljavaju metarske mere. Koje mere se upotrebljavaju ovde?
564
euo sam da tamo ima puno povra i Da, on ba pie o tome i ka~e da ima
voa. Da li je to tocno? dovoljno svjeeg povra i voa, ali
samo sezonskog.
Da li se svje~e povre i voe prodaju Ne, on ka~e da ima raznih duana u
samo na pijacama? kojima se prodaju sve ivotne
namirnice.
Da li ima tamo radnji sa samoposlu- Da, ima takvih radnji otvorenih u
gom? velikim gradovima.
Da li ima oskudice u hrani? Ne, moj prijatelj ka~e da nema oskudice
ni u hrani ni u tekstilnoj robi.
Ima li dovoljan broj tr~nica. Ba je o tome pisao i kaze da svaki
dio grada ima svoju trznicu, ali
da nema dovoljno duana.
na ~ ee jaB~ Bam npHjaTe~ B3 OH He BO~ .na nHme, a~H eMO jyqe Ao6H~
qyo eaM Aa Tauo HMa nyHo nospha ~a, OH 6am nHme o TOMe H xa36 Aa Hua
H Boha. ~a ~ je TO TaqHO? AOBO~HO eSeEe1'" nOBp1a H Boha, a~H eauo
Y Ao6a ee30He.
~a ~H ee eBeEe nOBphe H sohe npoAajy He, OH KaEe Aa HMa pa3HHx AyhaHa y
eaMo Ha nHja~aMa? KojHMa ee npolJ,ajy ese EHSOTHe
HaMapHH~e.
l
ItuZiti sei 'complain'
566
GD 24.4.2
elio bih piti malo kave. Hajde da U redu. I ja zelim sjesti i malo se
svratimo negdje da popijemo po jednu odmoriti.
kavu.
Ima li ovdje negdje neka kavana? Da, moemo svratiti u jednu od one
dvije kavane, preko puta.
Jeste li bili u nekoj naoj kavani?
Jo nisam. Vrlo dobro. Inace morate Vidjeti kako
izgledaju nae kavane.
(Ulaze u kavanu i seaju ~a jedan sto.)
Dozvolite da Ja govorim sa konobarom. U redu.
Interesira me da li e me razumjeti.
ta zeli te gospodo?
Molim, meni donesite jednu kavu. ~ta zeli va prijatelj?
A njemu molim donesite pivo i ako Molim, gospodine.
imate kifle. Kakvu kavu zelite?
Bez eera, potpuno gorku.
Da li ste razumjeli sve to sam Naravno, vi govorite jako dobro
vam kazao? hrvatski. Gde ste naucili tako
dobro na jezik?
Hvala. Ja sam Amerikanac i doao Zar vi niste ueili jezik ovdje?
sam tek prije nekoliko dana u
Jugoslaviju.
Ne, nisam. To je prosto nevjerojatno.
Hvala. Ja sam se bojao da me neete
razumjeti.
MHTepecyje ve ~a ~ he Ke paayveTH.
lliTa .e~Te rocnoAo.
MeHH ~OHecHTe jeAHY Ka~y.
GD 24.4.3
ta svijet kod vas najvie pije? Najvie se pije kava, ako na to
mislite.
Da, znam da je ljivovica vae Da, ali ne toliko kao kava.
narodno pie.
Zanima me da li se pije caj?
Koje se meso najvie trai? Najvie se trai svinjsko meso i
janjetina, jer toga mesa najvie irna.
Moze li da se kupiti teletina i Da, moe, samo to je teletina najskuplje,
govedina? a govedina je najjeftinije meso.
568
illTa cBeT KOA Bac HajBame uaje? HajBHme ce uHje Ka~, aKO Ha TO VHCAHTe.
570
UNIT 25
A
,
to drive off, to otjerati, da oTepaTH, Aa
drive away otjeram OTepaM
garage rap,I>m
,. ,.
to wash oprati, da operem onpaTH, Aa onepeM
,.
to grease, to lubri- podmazati, da nOAuaaaTH, /l.a
cate pOdmaem nO,l1,MaJICeM
I
Da li ste odvezli
I , , ,
Have you taken the car to ,Zla JIH cTe OTepaJIH KOJI8.
the garage to be washed I
and greased? auto u gar~u da
y rapkEyl.na ce onepy
,. #
se bpere ipodmaze? If nOAMa)l(y?
promijenjeno.
let "
HeKa
,.
to examine, to check pregledati, da nperJIeAaTH, .na
pregledi.m np~rJIeAiM
brake k6cnica
ignition p~ljenje
571
B
,
to seem uiniti se, da y~HHHTH ce, Aa
se uinI ce Y~HHH
co ~ _
to be lighting, to p~liti, p~lim naJlHTH, naJIHM
light
here is
..
evo
.
eso
.. ,
cent) (pl. money - para napa
in eastern Yugoslavia)
washing pr~nje
572
I I a
Don1t give me the money; Nemojte mi davati HeMojTe MH AaBaTH
they will send a bill when
nJpe, JHH he nJc~-
, I ,
the car is ready. novac: oni ce
I , IRaA
I I
poslati racun kad TH pa~YH KO~
I ,
auto bude gotov. 6YAY I"OTOBa.
sible. l I I I ,
bude to prlje 6YAY lUTO npe I"OTOBa.
gotov.
You were right, sir. VI ste imali pr~vo, B~ cTe 6AAH y npiay,
I
gospodine. I"OCnOAHHe.
I I I
The battery was weak. Akumul~tor je bio AKYMY~TOP je 6HO
pr~zan.
573
I I I , J.
Only I donlt know how Samo ne znam kako caKO He aHaK OTKYA TO,
that could be, as the I I ..
battery is new. to, kad je akumuItor RaA je aRYKY~TOP BOB.
,
nov.
to extinguish, to ugasiti" da
,
yracHTB, Aa yracHK --
turn off
uglisrm
or, uti-nuti, da ,
YTpHyTB. Aa yTpHeK --
utf'n~m
akumuUitor se
isp!'~znio.
to believe vjerovati,
vjeruj~m
B
,
to repair, correct popraviti, da nonpaaaTH. Aa
popravIm ,
nonpaBHK
-
The brakes are fixed and Kocnice su popravljene K~'qHH~e cy nonpaB,I)eHelB
the battery [re]charged. I
i akumulatOr aKYK~~TOP HanYHeH.
napunjen.
574
B
I
Yes, sir. Molim, gospodine. MO~M, ~ocnoAHHe.
Grammatical Notes
575
From the examples given, it is clear that the past passive participIe usually
has a stem like that of the infinitive. Verbs such as Idonetil may however,
have two participles, one with a stem similar to that of the infinitive, Idoneti
and another with a stem similar to that of the present, Idonesenl (that is,
one from the vowel stem and one from the consonant stem of such vic verbs).
Consonant stem verbs (see Note 17.3) have the participIe with a stem similar to
the present.
Vowel stem verbs with participles on the infinitive base only usually have
a participIe in Itl (after a long vowel) or vowel length plus Itl (vt/). Some,
however, have a stem formative Ivel plus Ini, as Isnabdeven/, and a few have
Ijel plus Ini, as Ipopitil Ito drink' Ipopljenl Idrunk l
i-verbs have lei after Iri, ll and ll as Iotvoreni, and IJel elswhere,
as Iureeni, loenjenl, lizn~naen/.
The different endings possible are given in the list below, with the
types of verbs which may have these endings. While most verbs have the Ini
ending, some regularly have /tl (such as those with the suffix I-nu-/), and
some may have both. The general pattern may be deduced from the following list:
',
C-verbs in Iki, reen reci
Ig/, Ihl
',
ii verbs n~en naci
-je- -n some V-verbs popljen popiti
-e- -n i-verbs in Ir/ otvoren otvoriti
//, ll
troen troiti
576
, ,
other C-verbs pojeden pojesti
,
some V/C verbs donesen doneti
-ve- -n some V-verbs snabdeven snabdeti
uven uti
,
-V- -n some V-verbs pozvan pozvati
,
-a- -t a/Je verbs poslat poslati
some a/e-verbs pozvat pozvati
some a/i-verbs zadrzat zadrzati
-V- -t some V-verbs poznat poznati
(all with /nu-/) [metnut metnuti Ito
placel]
popit popiti
zero -t V-verbs with donet doneti
long vowel
poet poeti
,
zauzet zauzeti
(Note: sone speakers use short /a/ ill the ending /-an/ for a-, a/je and
a/e- verbs.)
From the examples given above, it is clear that the past passive participle
with lisi or lare l may correspond to an English sentence either in the present
(lis, are l ) or the past (Iwas, werel) or Ihas beed). For example:
While Ikafa je popijena/ may be either Ithe coffee is drunk (up)1 or IThe coffee
has been drunk (up)', it is also possible to use the past of the verb Ito bel:
577
As noted in the last unit, reflexive verbs are much broader in their
reference than English passive constructions. The past passive participIe, on
the other hand, corresponds fairly closly to the English passive participIe.
There is one major difference: the English present passive lis being drunk l
always corresponds to an imperfective reflexive verb in Serbo-Croatian. Aside
from this, the constructions with passive participles correspond very closely
to ones using reflexive verbs. Good examples of this correspondence are found
in GD 25.1. Note, for example:
Imperfective
The usage of /sel as compared with constructions using the past passive
participIe is illustrated in GD 25.1 where the two are given side by side.
Where both occur, they are quite equivalent in meaning.
578
Others:
, ' ,
t-J c plat- pl~titi placen
,,
k-J rek- reci reen
s-J nos- donositi donoen
d-J red- ur~diti ureen
z-J laz- prelaziti prelazen
,
n-J nj men- promeniti promenjen
, ,
l-J lj pal- upaliti upaljen
579
,
v/e p doneti donesem doneo, donesen~ to bring (by
/donijeti donela donesena carrying)
, /donet
i I donositi donosIm
i I g~siti g~sim ~v
gasen to extinguish
i P pog~sitl pogasim pogaen
i ug~siti ugasrm ugaen
580
P I P I P I
,
nositi voditi voziti
,
doneti donositi dovesti dovoditi dovesti dovoziti
,
odneti odnositi odvesti odvoditi odvesti odvoziti
Note that the perfective infinitives of the roots /ved-/ and /vez-/ are the
same. The other forms are distinct (/da dovedem/, /doveo/ but Ida dovezem/,
/dovezao/) .
While /doneti/ and /odneti/ pair formally with /donositi/ and /odnositi/,
in actual practice /doneti/ Ito bring (by carrying)' and /odneti/ Ito take (by
carrying)1 are usually perfective counterparts of /nositi/ 'to carry1. The
imperfectives /donositi/ and /odnositi/ are more specialized in meaning. For
example, they may be used in the sentences /Kelneri donose i odnose sUdove./
tThe waiters are bringing in and carrying out dishes ('utensils!)' and /Reka
donosi i odnosi zemlju i pravi nanose./ IThe river brings and takes away the
soil, leaving deposits. /odnositi/ is less used than /donositi/.
The other verb forms pattern in very much the same way. /dovesti/ Ito
bring (generally)' and /odvesti/ Ito take (generally)I are usually perfective
counterparts of /voditi/, while /dovoditi/ and /odvoditi/ are less used.
/odvoditi/ is used in the sense Ito drain off l
In like manner /dovesti/ Ito bring (by vehicle)' and /odvesti/ Ito take
(by vehicle)' are perfective to /voziti/. /dovoZiti/ and /odvoziti/ are used
mainly with regard to the transport ?f the harvest (/dovoziti/ Ito bring in the
harvest (by vehicle)', /odvoziti/ Ito bring the harvest from [the field] (by
vehicle)l.
The basic meanings of /nos-/ Ito carry in the armsl, /vod-/ Ito lead l and
/voz-/ Ito convey by vehiclel should also be noted.
Grammatical Drill
The following drill gives examples of the use of reflexive verbs. Where
the sentence may equally well use the past passive participIe as a replacement,
this is given to the right.
piti I
popiti P
jesti I
pojesti P
kupiti P
kupovati I
eer pirina i so se ne kupuju
na pijaci.
Kupine se nisu nikad kupovale na Kupine nisu nikad kupovane na pijaci.
pijaci.
Hartija i olovke e se kupovati Hartija i olovke bie kupovane u
u papirnici. papirnici.
doneti P
donositi I
preci P
prelaziti I
,
Granica se ne prelazi nocu.
Granica se nije (ranije) prelazila Granica nije (ranije) prelazena nou.
,
nocu.
, ,
Granica se nece prelaziti nocu.
zadocniti P
Nikad se nije toliko zadocnilo kao Nikad nije toliko zadocnjeno kao danas.
danas.
zadocnjavati I
The children finished (Idrank upi) All the milk was finished (Idrunk
all the milk at breakfast. upI) at breakfast.
584
vecera tacno u 8. u 8.
On je primio jue vae pismo. Vae pismo je primljeno jue.
Change the sentences on the ri8ht to the future following the model:
A~l the milk was finished (Idrank All the milk will be finished
upi) at breakfast. (Idrunk upI) at breakfast.
GD 25.2.2 In both sentences the past passive participIe is used. That on the
left uses the imperfective participle J that on the right the perfective one.
Note the difference in meaning between the imperfective and perfective forms.
GD 25.2.3 In the sentences on the left the reflexive past is used and in the
sentences on the right the present tense with a past passive participIe occurs.
Both are imperfective J and the meaning is the same.
Pregled stvari se vrio eim se pree Pregled stvari je vren eim se pree
granica. granica.
Radnje su se subotom otvarale u 9. Radnje su subotom otvarane u 9.
Kancelarije su se subotom zatvarale Kancelarije su subotom zatvarane u 13
u 13 casova. casova.
Moja soba se ureivala jedanput Moja soba je ureivana jedanput
nedeljno. n1deljno.
Raeuni su se plaali odmah eim se Racuni su plaani odmah eim se
prime. prime.
Pota se donosila tacno u 9 casova. Pota je donoena tacno u 9 casova.
Svetlost se nikad nije gasila pre Svetlost nije nikad gaena pre 23
23 casa. casa.
Dolazilo se uvek na vreme u Dolaeno je uvek na vreme u kancelariju.
kancelariju.
586
GD 25.2.4 In the sentences on the left the reflexive past is used and in the
sentences on the right the present tense with a past passive participIe, both
of perfective verbs. The meaning is the same.
GD 25.2.5 In the sentences on the left the past tense is used with the past
passive participIe and in the sentences on the right the future tense.
Dok se Toma vratio kui kola su ve Dok se Toma vrati kui kola e biti
bila oprana i ureena. oprana i ureena.
GD 25.2.6 Change the following sentences, using the proper forms of /voziti/
instead of /terati/.
Change the following sentences, using the proper forms of /dovesti/ instead
of /doterati/.
Danas treba da doteram kola kui iz Danas treba da dovezem kola kui iz
garae. garae.
y
Danas sam doterao kola iz garaze.
~
Change each of the following sentences using ljaj instead of /moja ena/ and
the appropriate forms of /vQZiti/ (and /odvesti/) according to the model given.
Moja ena jutros vodi dete kod Ja vozim jutros dete kod lekara.
lekara.
Moja ena treba da odvede jutros
dete kod lekara.
588
Repeat the above drill sUbstituting the proper forms of /nositi/ for those of
/voditi/ and /odneti/ 'take (by carrying)' for those of /odvesti/.
Use the proper forms of /dovesti/ (/dovezem/) for those of /dovesti/ (/dovedem/)
and with the change of subject indicated.
Moj prijatelj treba da dovede jutros Ja treba da dovezem dete jutros kui.
dete kui.
Moj prijatelj je doveo dete jutros
kui.
Moj prijatelj e dovesti dete Jutros
kui.
Dete je dovedeno danas kui.
Repeat the above drill, using the proper forms of /doneti/ Ibring (by carrying)'
GD 25.2.7 Change each of the sentences given into each of the six patterns
shown in the model.
590
l
/kad/ = Ivreme/
591
2
/pomagati/ t(with D) to help, (with A) to support I
592
I"OCnO~HHe?
GD 25.4.2
Auto je gotov, gospodine. Da li ste ga dovezli iz garae?
Jesam. Tu je pred ambasadom. Jeste donijeli racun?
Jesam. izvolte racun. est tisua osam sto pedeset dinara.
Evo vam novac, pa im odnesite.
Da li vam auto treba sada, gospodine? Ne treba meni, ali treba gospoi.
593
GD 25.5.2 Repeat the above exercise, using /treba da bude/ (or /budu/),
according to the following model:
594
Alphabetic Order
a b e ~ d d~ e f g h i j k l lj
m n nj o p r s ~ t u v z
Abbreviations
A Accusative
adv adverb
Cr Croatian
D Dative
f feminine
G Genitive
Imp Imperative
indecl indeclinable
L Locative
m masculine
N Nominative
n neuter
p Perfective
pert pertaining to
pl plural
prep preposition
pron pronominal
V Vocative
595
NOTES
not neuter.
2) The Genitive of the noun will be given (in abbreviated form where feasible)
3) The infinitive and present tense forms of verbs are given. Other forms
will be given if they are irregular. For verbs which in addition to regular
stress may have a shift in the first and second person plural of the present
4) Where verbs of the ijekavski dialect are not listed in full, reference is
made to the grammar note in which all fo~s are given i. e. svjldeti se (18.2)
Forms of the other dialect (ekavski or ijekavski) within an entry will be given
in brackets.
I~j j'j
" " (long rising)
596
~li but
b~mja spa
..
bar / barem at least
,
benzin,
- -~na
~
gasoline
Beograd Belgrade
'"
beogradski, -a, -o pert. to Belgrade
Beograanin
'"
pl Beograani man from Belgrade
597
blagdan holiday
braca brothers
brdo"Ji t, -a -o hilly
fast, quick
598
black
~k even
glass
~~sto frequently
ijI, -a, -
- -e, whose
... ...
~im / Im as soon as
to hear
da yes
da (clause introducer)
dabome of course
pa dab6me why of course
599
dati) da dam, d~o, dite, daju; dao, d~la; d~n / d~t, d~na /d~ta
(dana / d~ta) P (l d~vati) to give
well
supplier
, , ,
dobIjati; dobIjam, dobIjaju; dobI j an , l (p dobiti) to be getting, receiving
, ~" ,
dobiti; da dobijem; dobio, dobIla; dobiven / dobijen -ena p (l dobIjati)
to get, to obtain, receive
600
d;lar dollar
home
dear
dear (adv)
" mi je
drago lim glad
601
drava state
; ~
Evropa Europe
garage
main, chief
god ever
godina year
gora mountain
,
go-rak, -rka, -rko; gorki bitter
602
gospoica miss
, ..
gost, gosta N gosti G gostiju D I gostima A goste guest, cllstomer
-
-a, -o pert. to city
h~rtija paper
hiljada thousand
h~tel hotel
,
hrana food
Croat
603
hteti, [htjet~; h;u, hoe~, ho~e, h;~mo, h;~ete, h;e (enclict!c: cu~,ce,
ce, cem9- cete"ce); ht~o, htela [ht~o, htjela]; neg. pres.: neu, nece~
n~ce, necemo, necete, nece to will, want to; will (future)
thanks
iako although
ici; idem I idem (id~mo, id~te); iao I iao, i~la I l~la I (p otIi) to be
going, to go
ili or
, , " ....,
imati; imam (imamo, imate); neg.: neman, nemaju I (no p) to have
ind{;strija industry
,
interesantan, -tna, -tno interesting
nevertheless, still
,
iskoristiti; da iSk;rIstim P (I koristiti) to use, make use of
isti , -a , -o same
, ...
isto tako also
604
ls~ina truth
istina to tell the truth (adv)
iznenada suddenly
izvinite excuse me
~ ~ ~
605
..
ja I
j~goda strawberry
"
jaje "
G jajeta "
pl jaja egg
strong
j~o very
j~dva barely
morning
606
kad .. when..
nemam kad I don't have the time
coffee
k~9 h~
kako god whatever, however
,
kancelarija office
,
kancelarijski,
- -a, -5 pert. to office
..
kao.. like, as
kao i as well as
kao to as (plus verb)
kasno late
kasnije later
coffee house
k;zalIste theater
,
k5zati, da ki~em p ( I kazivati) to say
,
kazIvati, k;zujem I (p kizati) to be saying (rePeatedly)
..
kI G k6~ri A k~r Gpl k6~rI daughter
k~lner waiter
..
kifla crescent-shaPed roll
kilogram kilogram
607
kla rain
pada kla it is raining
to rain
,
pl kljuevi key
, ~
ko who
k5nica brake
kola n pl car
,
kola', -aa cake, pastry
608
609
mada although
magazIn, -Ina department store
mahuna podi pl. string beans
~jka G pl majkI / majaka mother
mklI, -a, -o; manj~ -, -e small, little
malo a little
malo pr~ a short while ago
malina raspberry
materijal, -ij~la material
meun~rodnIJ -a, -o international
m~njati, m~njam [mijenjati] (22.3) I (p prom~niti) to change
mera [mjera] measure
meriti, merlm [mjeriti] (24.2) I (p izmerlti) to measure, weigh
mesecno [mjesecno] monthly
m~so meat
mesto [mj esto] place, seat
mesto / Umesto [mjesto / Umjesto] instead (With G)
m~tarskI, -a, -o metric
m~tarska c~nta metric qUintal, 100 kilograms
mI we
minut, -uta Gpl minat minute
mIo, mIla, -Oj mllI dear, engaging, loveable
mIr, mIra peace
mIsliti, mislIm I (p pomisliti) to think (na, o of, about)
ml~lj~nje opinion
ml~d, ml~da, -Oi mldIj mlaI young
ml~ko [mlijeko] milk
mnogI, -a, -e a great many, many
.
mnogo much, many, a lot, a number
mnj~nje [mnlj~nje] opinion
J!vno mnJ~nje public opinion
610
moi; mogu, moe -e -emo -ete, mogu; mogao, mogla I (no p) to be able
" .f.' /..., , ,
mogue, moguea, -e mogucan, -ena, -eno possible
mogUe / mogUno possible (adv)
"-
611
612
o about (with D)
obavetgnje information
obiean, -ena, -eno usual, ordinary, common, commonplace
obieno usually, as a rule, generally
obitelj f (Cr) family
oblaean, -ena, -eno cloudy
oboje both (collective)
obraati; obram I (p obr!titi) to turn, convert; refl. to turn to, apply to
obraati / obr!titi p!znju to pay attention
obrtiti; da obra:tIm P (I obraati) to turn, convert; refl. to turn to,
apply to
oekivati; oekuj~m I (no p) to expect
od from (with G)
odakle from where
odatle from there
oda:vno a long time ago
odgov~rati; odgova:ram I (p odgovoriti) to be answering
odgovoriti; da odgovorIm P (I odgovArati) to answer
odlazak, odlaska pl odlasci departure, leaving
odlaziti; odlazIm I (p otii) to be going off or away, to be leaving
613
614
,
ona she, it (reference to feminine noun)
na they (n)
onaj, ona, onO that
onO that, those Ugr~n)
onda then
6nde [6ndje] there
oni they (m)
ono it (reference to neuter noun), tha~
opasan, -sna, -sno dang~rous
op~t again
opratati; opr~tam I (p opr08titi) to be pardoning; refl. to be taking
leave
oprati; da oper~m p (I prati) to wash
opraviti; da oprav!m P (I opravljati) to repair, fix
opravljati; opravlj~m I (p opraviti) to be repairing, fixing
oprostiti; da oprost!m P (I pratati and opratati) to pardon, refl. to take
leave
opsk~biti; da opskrb!m P (I opskrbljIvati) to supply
opskrbljfvati; opskfbljujam I (p ops~biti) to be supplying
osam eight
osim besides, ex~ept (with G)
5sm1, -a, o eight
ostajati; ostaj~m I (p ostati) to be staying
ostati; da ostanam P (I ostajati) to stay
oteen, -a, -o damaged
otac, oca pl o~evi father
oterati [otjerat~; da oteram [otjeram]; oteran [otjeran] p (I terati) to
drive off, drive away
otfi; da od~m; otiao, otila P (I ii / odlaziti) to go away, to leave
otklanjati; otklanjam I (p otkloniti) to remove, be removing (breakdown)
otkloniti; da otklon!m P (I otklanjati) to remove (breakdown)
otkud(a) where from, whence
otprilike approximately
otv~rati; otvaram I (p otvoriti) to be opening, to open
otvoriti; da otvorIm P (I otv~rati) to open
ovaj, ova, ovo this
ovo this, these (pron)
ovakav, -kva, -kYo / ovaki, -a, -o this kind
ovako this kind, way (adv)
615
616
617
618
~zorite theater
pozvati) da pozov~m~ pozvao, pozvala) pozvan / pozvat p (I pozrvati) to invite
poaliti se, da se poalIm P (I aliti [se]) to complain
poeleti [poeljeti]; da poelim P (I eleti) to wish, to want to
poUriti) da pourIm P (I Uriti) to hurry
pr~nje washing
pritatij pr~t~ I (p oprostiti) to pardon) refl. to take leave
prati, perem) prao, prala I (p oprati) to be washing
praviti, pravrm I (p napraviti) to be making
prkznlk pl. praznIci holiday
pr~znIkom on holiday, holidays
prav, -a, -o right, just; straight
,
prav straight; just
,
pravac, -vca direction
pr~vo right; pl. law studies
blti u pr!vu / imati pravo to be right
pr~zan, -zna, -zno empty, vacant
prazniti; praznIm I (p izpr~zniti) to empty
pr! [prlje] before, ago (with G)
malo pr~ a short while ago
pr~ nego to before (plus verb)
to pre as soon as possible
pr~i; da pr!~m; preao, prela; pr~en P (I prelaziti) to cross
pred(a) in front of, before (with G)
preda mn~m in front of me
pr~deo [pr~djel] m G pr~dela [predjela] pl. pr~deli [pr~djeli] region,
area, landscape; pl. countryside
predgrae suburbs
pr~gled / pregl~d [pr~jegled] survey, examination, inspection
pregledati; da pregled~ P (I pregl~dati / pregledivati) to examine, check
pregl~dati; pregl~d~ I (p pregledati) to be examining, checking
pregledavati; pregledav~ I (pregledati) to be examining, checking
,
prehranbeni /prehrambeni,
' -a, -o food-, pert. to food
prehranbena industrija food industry
pr~kid interruption, break
preko across (With G)
preko puta across from (With G)
prek(o)sutra the day after tomorrow
619
620
621
622
623
sez5na season
siguran, -rna, -rno; sigurnijI safe, secure, sure
sigurno surely
simpatican, -ena, -eno attractive, likable, nice
srn pl. sinovi G sin5v~ son
sino last night, last evening
siromaan, -na, -no poor
skoro recently, almost
skret~nje turning side, deviation
skGp, skdpa, -o; skRpI; skupljI expensive
skUptina assembly
Nhrodna skuptina National Assembly
slab, -a, -o; slabijI weak
sladak, slatka, -o; slatkI; slad! sweet
slati; alj~m; sl~n / sl~t I (p poslati) to be sending, to send
sliean, -ena, -eno similar
slikovit, -a, -o picturesque
slobodan, -dna, -dno free
, ~
Slov~n, Slovena
/SlaVen,
' Slav~na
, Slav
slue~j D slucaju / slue~ju pl. slue~ji / slucajevi case
nesrean slueaj accident
slue~jan, -jna, -jno casual, accidental
slucajno by chance, casually, accidentally
sluben, -a, -o official
slubeno officially
slOiti; slUIm I (p poslOiti) to serve; refl. to use, help oneself
sm~tati; sm~t~m I (no p) to distrub, annoy
snabdeti [snabdjeti] (20.6); da snabdem; snabdeven -ena p (I snabd~vati)
to supply
snabdevac, -~ca [snabdjevac] supplier
snabd~vati [snabdijevati] (20.6); snabd~v~m I (p snabdeti) to be supplying
sa f G soli, D soli, L soli, I soli / solju pl. soli, G solI DI solima
salt
soba Gpl. s5ba room
sp~jati; sp~jam I (p spojiti) to connect, link; refl. to be connected
spojiti; da spojIm P (I sp~jati) to connect, link; refl. to be connected
spomenIk pl. spomenIci monument
sprec~vati; spreeavam I (p spr~citi) to prevent, hinder
624
625
,
supa soup
suprug V suprue spouse, man (formal)
,
supruga spouse, wife (formal)
sutra tomorrow
sutradan the next day
suvIe too much
svakako by all means, surely, at any rate, in any case
svakI, -a, -o every
sv~t / svijet D sv~tu / svijetu pl. sv~tovi / svetovi / svjetovi world, people
mnogo sv~ta a lot of people
svetlost [svjetlost] f I svetlou light
sve~, -a, -e [svje~]; sve~I [svje~I] fresh, cool
sve~e [svjee] fresh, cool (adV)
svideti se [svidjeti se] (18.2); da se svid!; svldeo se p (I svIati se)
to please
svIati se; svIa se I (p svideti se [svidjeti se] ) to be pleasing, to please
svinjetina pork
svinjskI, -a, -o pert. to pork
sV~j, svoja, svoje onela own (refl.)
svraati; svraam I (p svratiti) to be dropping in, stopping off
svr~titi; da svr~tIm P (I svraati) to drop in, stop off
svr~vati; svr~vam [svrfvati, svruj~m] I (p sv~iti) to be finishing
sv~iti; da sv~Im P (I svr~vati [svr~fvati]) to finish
ticket window
sugar
lbica match
ljiva plum, plum tree
ljivovica plum brandy
ofer, -~ra chauffeur
51ja cup
ta / to what
to pr~ [to prije] as soon as possible
626
627
628
629
630
vr!ta n pl door
vr!titi; da vr!t!m p (I vraati) to return
vr!detij vr!d! [vrijediti] (20.6) I (no p) to be worthy
vr~me [vrijeme] G vremena pl vremena time, period of timej weather
za vr~me [za vrijeme] during (with G)
s vremena na vr~me [s vremena na vrijeme] from time to time
vrlo very
v~sta kind, species, brand, sort
v~itij v~!m I (p izv~iti) to perfom, to do, to execute
v~t / vrt pl vrtovi garden
vrb, vraa, -ej vrh!j vruI hot
,,
vrucica temperature, high fever
631
6~2
633
iIiJ.s. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1972 465-189/764 1-3